{"title":"Lagoon","description":"\u003cp class=\"whitespace-normal break-words\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLaguna\u003c\/strong\u003e represents excellence in professional woodworking machine tools. Innovative technologies with precision linear guides and advanced digital control systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"whitespace-normal break-words\"\u003e Band saws, table saws, and lathes with sturdy construction and high-quality components. Brushless motors and integrated extraction systems for superior performance. Ideal for woodworking shops and workshops requiring maximum reliability and professional results.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"sega-da-banco-laguna-fusion-3","title":"Laguna Fusion 3 Table Saw","description":"\u003cp\u003eLaguna Fusion 3 is a professional woodworking table saw, with a 250 × 30 mm blade, 2800 W \/ 2200 W motor, and a weight of 175 kg. Krollit, official Laguna distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Fusion 3Dro\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRating: Artisan \/ Industrial\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInput \/ output power (230 V): 2800 W \/ 2200 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended switch: 16 A, C curve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade × bore: 250 × 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArbor speed: 3800 RPM\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade tilt: 0–45°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting depth at 90°: 79 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Fusion 3 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarpentry shops and woodworking workshops use the Fusion 3 for straight cutting of panels, boards, and strips, with material sizing in series production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Laguna range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Laguna Fusion 3 is part of the Laguna table saw range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Laguna range includes models of various categories and performance: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Laguna catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipment in 5-9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipment in 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian is available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Fusion 3 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarpentry shops and woodworking workshops\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStraight cutting of panels, boards, and strips with a rip fence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFurniture and fixture manufacturers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial sizing in series production with extended work surfaces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal cutting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSaw designed for wood: dedicated blades and machines are needed for metals\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal cutting (saw designed for wood: dedicated blades and machines are needed for metals).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProcessing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting depth at 90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e79 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting depth at 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRip capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e914 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArbor speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3800 RPM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0–45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L×W×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1663 × 1652 × 1081 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping dimensions (L×W×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1130 × 1200 × 1190 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInput \/ output power (230 V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2800 W \/ 2200 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFusion 3Dro\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArtisan \/ Industrial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended switch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 A, C curve\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade × bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 × 30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCast iron table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e792 × 1118 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMiter gauge slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 and 23 mm, T-Slot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e175 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight with packaging\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e202 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat cutting height does the Fusion 3 offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Max cutting height\" in the technical table: typically 70-130 mm at 90°.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe height decreases with blade tilt. For angled cuts (45°), check the usable height at that specific angle in the technical data sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eSupported blade diameter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Blade diameter\" in the technical table: typically 250-400 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarger diameter blades offer a higher cutting height but require a motor of adequate power. Check the blade arbor hole standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have precision fences and stops?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models are equipped with a rip fence, miter fence, and sliding table on panel saw models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePanel saws offer a sliding table for precise crosscutting. Standard table saws require accessory fences for series production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have integrated dust extraction?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, dust extractor connection with standard diameter (typically Ø100 or Ø120 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust extraction is essential in woodworking to reduce respirable dust and maintain visibility of the cutting area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Voltage\" in the table: 230 V single-phase for compact machines, 400 V three-phase for professional ones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModels with motors over 2 kW typically require 400 V three-phase. Check availability in the workshop before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Laguna","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50697703588168,"sku":"151-Fusion3Dro","price":3597.78,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Laguna_Fusion_3Dro_Segada_banco_professionale_con_display_digitale.png?v=1759244376"},{"product_id":"sega-circolare-laguna-fusion-2","title":"Laguna Fusion 2 Table Saw","description":"\u003cp\u003eLaguna Fusion 2 is a professional woodworking table saw, with a 250 × 30 mm blade, 1550 W \/ 1200 W motor, and a weight of 160 kg. Krollit, official Laguna distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Fusion 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRating: Artisan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInput \/ Output Power (230 V): 1550 W \/ 1200 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade × Bore: 250 × 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArbor Speed: 3800 RPM\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade Tilt: 0–45°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth of Cut at 90°: 79 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth of Cut at 45°: 56 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Fusion 2 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJoineries and woodworking workshops use the Fusion 2 for straight cutting of panels, boards, and strips, with material sizing in series production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Laguna range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLaguna Fusion 2 is part of the Laguna table saw range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Laguna range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Laguna catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the Fusion 2 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJoineries and woodworking workshops\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStraight cutting of panels, boards, and strips with a rip fence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFurniture and window\/door manufacturers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial sizing in series production with extended work surfaces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal cutting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot indicated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSaw designed for wood: dedicated blades and machines are needed for metals\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot indicated for:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal cutting (saw designed for wood: dedicated blades and machines are needed for metals).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProcessing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth of cut at 90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e79 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth of cut at 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRip capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e914 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArbor speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3800 RPM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0–45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L×W×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1663 × 1652 × 1081 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping dimensions (L×W×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1130 × 1200 × 1190 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInput \/ Output Power (230 V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1550 W \/ 1200 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFusion 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArtisan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade × bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 × 30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCast iron table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e792 × 1118 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMiter gauge slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 and 23 mm, T-Slot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight with packaging\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat cutting height does the Fusion 2 offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Max cutting height\" in the technical table: typically 70-130 mm at 90°.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe height decreases with blade tilt. For angled cuts (45°), check the usable height at that specific angle in the technical sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eSupported blade diameter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Blade diameter\" in the technical table: typically 250-400 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarger diameter blades offer a higher cutting height but require an adequately powerful motor. Check the blade arbor hole standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have precision guides and fences?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models are equipped with a rip fence, miter gauge, and sliding carriage on panel saw models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePanel saws offer a sliding carriage for precise squaring. Standard table saws require accessory guides for series production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have integrated dust collection?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, a dust extractor connection with a standard diameter (typically Ø100 or Ø120 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust collection is essential in woodworking to reduce respirable dust and maintain visibility in the cutting area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Voltage\" in the table: 230 V single-phase for compact machines, 400 V three-phase for professional ones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModels with motors over 2 kW typically require 400 V three-phase. Check availability in your workshop before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Laguna","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50697707716936,"sku":"151-Fusion2","price":3059.26,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Sega_da_banco_Laguna_Fusion_2_con_display_digitale_eguida_professionale.png?v=1759244686"},{"product_id":"sega-circolare-laguna-fusion-1","title":"Laguna Fusion 1 Table Saw","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Laguna Fusion 1 is a professional-grade wood table saw, with a 250 × 30 mm blade, 1450 W \/ 1100 W motor, and a weight of 110 kg. Krollit, official Laguna distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Fusion 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRating: Artisan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInput \/ output power (230 V): 1450 W \/ 1100 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade × arbor: 250 × 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle speed: 3800 RPM\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade tilt: 0–45°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth of cut at 90°: 79 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth of cut at 45°: 56 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Fusion 1 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJoineries and woodworking workshops use the Fusion 1 for straight cutting of panels, boards, and strips, with material sizing in series production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Laguna range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Laguna Fusion 1 is part of the Laguna table saw range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Laguna range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the machine suitable for your use case, you can consult the Laguna catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse. Italian-speaking customer support available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the Fusion 1 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJoineries and woodworking workshops\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStraight cutting of panels, boards, and strips with a rip fence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFurniture and fixture manufacturers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial sizing in series production with extended work surfaces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal cutting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSaw designed for wood: dedicated blades and machines are needed for metals\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal cutting (saw designed for wood: dedicated blades and machines are needed for metals).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProcessing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth of cut at 90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e79 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth of cut at 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRip capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e765 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3800 RPM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0–45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L×W×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1550 × 1565 × 1100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping dimensions (L×W×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1330 × 700 × 790 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInput \/ output power (230 V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1450 W \/ 1100 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFusion 1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArtisan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade × arbor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 × 30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCast iron table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e792 × 506 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal table area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e792 × 1116 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMiter gauge slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 and 23 mm, T-Slot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight with packaging\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat cutting height does the Fusion 1 offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Max cutting height\" in the technical table: typically 70-130 mm at 90°.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe height decreases with blade tilt. For angled cuts (45°), check the usable height at that specific angle in the technical sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eSupported blade diameter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Blade diameter\" in the technical table: typically 250-400 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarger diameter blades offer higher cutting height but require an adequately powerful motor. Check the blade arbor hole standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have precision fences and stops?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models are equipped with a rip fence, miter fence, and sliding table on panel saw models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePanel saws offer a sliding table for precise crosscuts. Standard table saws require accessory fences for series production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have integrated dust extraction?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, a dust extractor connection with a standard diameter (typically Ø100 or Ø120 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust extraction is essential in woodworking to reduce breathable dust and maintain visibility in the cutting area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Voltage\" in the table: 230 V single-phase for compact machines, 400 V three-phase for professional ones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModels with motors over 2 kW typically require 400 V three-phase. Check availability in the workshop before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Laguna","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50697709650248,"sku":"151-Fusion1","price":1884.02,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Sega_da_banco_Laguna_Fusion_1_con_piano_in_ghisae_guida_di_precisione.png?v=1759244265"},{"product_id":"tornio-per-legno-laguna-revo-1216","title":"Laguna Revo 1216 Wood Lathe","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Laguna Revo 1216 is a wood lathe for professional use, with a distance between centers of 390 mm, a 750 W motor, and a weight of 56.3 kg. Krollit has been an official Laguna distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: REVO 1216\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended use: Professional production\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower (230 V): 750 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpeed (3 ranges): 50–525 \/ 325–1750 \/ 650–3500 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax working diameter: 310 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between centers: 390 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle thread: M33 × 3.5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeadstock \/ Tailstock taper: MK2 \/ MK2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Revo 1216 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eArtisan woodturners and carpentry workshops use the Revo 1216 for turning chair legs, vases, bowls, and decorative objects, including the creation of turned elements for furniture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Laguna range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Laguna Revo 1216 is part of the Laguna wood lathe range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Laguna range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Laguna catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian is available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Revo 1216 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArtisan woodturners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning chair legs, vases, bowls, and decorative objects\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarpentry workshops and restoration labs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCreation of turned elements for furniture and historical reconstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal turning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dedicated to wood: metal requires specific lathes with adequate torque and speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal turning (machine dedicated to wood: metal requires specific lathes with adequate torque and speed).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed (3 ranges)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50–525 \/ 325–1750 \/ 650–3500 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e390 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM33 × 3.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (LxWxH)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 × 226 × 442 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackaging dimensions (LxWxH)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e920 × 380 × 520 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower (230 V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eREVO 1216\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax working diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e310 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeadstock \/ Tailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMK2 \/ MK2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeadstock \/ Tailstock bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17 \/ 17 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56.3 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight including packaging\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat size workpiece can the Revo 1216 turn?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Distance between centers\" and \"Max diameter over bed\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBench lathes handle workpieces up to 700-1,000 mm between centers; professional models reach 1,500 mm and beyond. For large diameter bowls, check the free overhang.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the spindle speed adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, adjustment via belt change (stepped) or electronic variator (Vario) depending on the model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLow speeds (200-500 rpm) for large diameter workpieces or roughing, high speeds (1,500-3,000 rpm) for finishing on small workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat spindle attachment does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically M33x3.5 thread or MK 2 on the spindle. Check the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard attachments allow the use of interchangeable accessories (self-centering chucks for bowls, live centers, etc.) available on the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat motor power does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Motor power\" in the technical table: typically 0.5-2 kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor intensive turning of large workpieces, at least 1.5 kW is needed. Hobby bench models range from 0.3 to 0.75 kW for occasional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the machine weigh?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrom about 30 kg (mini-lathes) to over 200 kg (professional with base).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor intensive use, a lathe weighing over 80 kg is recommended to dampen vibrations and ensure machining precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Laguna","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50697721676104,"sku":"151-1216","price":1650.25,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio_compatto_Laguna_REVO_1216_perhobbisti_e_professionisti.png?v=1759245744"},{"product_id":"tornio-per-legno-laguna-revo-1836","title":"Laguna Revo 1836 Wood Lathe","description":"\u003cp\u003eLaguna Revo 1836 is a wood lathe for professional use, with a 1.5 kW motor, weighing 194 kg. Krollit, official Laguna distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: REVO 1836\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended use: Professional production\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower (230 V): 1.5 kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVFD frequency converter: Variable, Delta S1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpeed: 50 – 3500 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax turning diameter: 457 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between centers: 914 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle thread: M33 × 3.5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Revo 1836 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eArtisan woodturners and carpentry shops use the Revo 1836 for turning chair legs, vases, bowls, and decorative objects, as well as creating turned elements for furniture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Laguna range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Laguna Revo 1836 is part of the Laguna wood lathe range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Laguna range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Laguna catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Italian-speaking customer support available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Revo 1836 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArtisan woodturners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning chair legs, vases, bowls, and decorative objects\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarpentry shops and restoration workshops\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCreation of turned elements for furniture and historical reconstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal turning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dedicated to wood: specific lathes with adequate torque and speed are needed for metals\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal turning (machine dedicated to wood: specific lathes with adequate torque and speed are needed for metals).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 – 3500 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM33 × 3.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (LxWxH)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1524 × 660 × 1194 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackaging dimensions (LxWxH)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 × 570 × 1550 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower (230 V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVFD frequency converter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVariable, Delta S1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eREVO 1836\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax turning diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e457 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e914 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeadstock\/tailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMK2 \/ MK2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeadstock \/ tailstock bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17 \/ 17 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e194 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight including packaging\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e206 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat size workpiece can the Revo 1836 turn?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Distance between centers\" and \"Max turning diameter over bed\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBenchtop lathes handle workpieces up to 700-1,000 mm between centers; professional models reach 1,500 mm and beyond. For large diameter bowls, check the free overhang.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the spindle speed adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, adjustment via belt change (stepped) or electronic variator (Vario) depending on the model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLow speeds (200-500 rpm) for large diameter workpieces or roughing, high speeds (1,500-3,000 rpm) for finishing small workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat spindle mount does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically M33x3.5 thread or MK 2 on the spindle. Check the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard mounts allow the use of interchangeable accessories (self-centering chucks for bowls, live centers, etc.) available on the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat motor power does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Motor power\" in the technical table: typically 0.5-2 kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor intensive turning of large workpieces, at least 1.5 kW is needed. Hobby benchtop models range from 0.3 to 0.75 kW for occasional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the machine weigh?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrom about 30 kg (mini-lathes) to over 200 kg (professional with base).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor intensive use, a lathe weighing over 80 kg is recommended to dampen vibrations and ensure machining precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Laguna","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50697727967560,"sku":"151-1836","price":4445.12,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio_per_legno_Laguna_REVO_1836_inversione_professionale.png?v=1759245845"},{"product_id":"laguna-impianto-di-aspirazione-bflux-1","title":"Laguna BFlux 1 Extractor","description":"\u003cp\u003eLaguna BFlux 1 is a professional dust collector with a 750 W motor and a weight of 32 kg. Krollit, official Laguna distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: BFlux 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended use: Retailers \/ Artisans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower (230 V): 750 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtraction performance: 884 m³\/hour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum negative pressure: 1215 Pa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSound pressure: 76 dB\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFilter efficiency: \u0026gt; 1 micron, 99.97%\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWaste bag dimensions: 600 × 900 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the BFlux 1 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWoodworking shops and mechanical workshops use the BFlux 1 for chip and dust extraction from saws, planers, milling machines, and sanders, with the possibility of connection to centralized systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Laguna range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLaguna BFlux 1 is part of the Laguna dust collector range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Laguna range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Laguna catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Italian customer support is available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the BFlux 1 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWoodworking shops and mechanical workshops\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtraction of chips and dust from saws, planers, milling machines, and sanders\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduction laboratories and machining centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConnectable to centralized systems or individual machines with a flexible hose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtraction of liquids or hazardous materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine for dry dust: specific extractors are needed for liquids\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e extraction of liquids or hazardous materials (machine for dry dust: specific extractors are needed for liquids).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWaste bag dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 × 900 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e737 × 381 × 1270 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackaging dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 × 650 × 800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower (230 V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBFlux 1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRetailers \/ Artisans\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtraction performance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e884 m³\/hour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum negative pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1215 Pa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSound pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e76 dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFilter efficiency\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u0026gt; 1 micron, 99.97%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConnection piece\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight including packaging\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat airflow does the BFlux 1 offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Airflow\" in the technical table: typically 1,000-5,000 m³\/h for workshop use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flow rate determines the number of machines that can be connected simultaneously. For centralized systems with multiple workstations, size with a 30% margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat hose diameter does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Connection diameter\" in the table: typically Ø100, Ø120, or Ø150 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarger diameters reduce pressure losses and improve efficiency. For systems with long runs (over 10 m), prefer Ø150 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eBag\/container capacity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Container capacity\" in the technical table: typically 70-300 liters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBags should be emptied before they become saturated to maintain suction flow. Models with large bags reduce intervention frequency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eFine dust filtration?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer fine filtration with class M or H for respirable dust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor treated wood and MDF panels, class M or higher is recommended. Krollit supplies original replacement filters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is its power consumption?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Motor power\" in the technical table: typically 1-7 kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModels above 3 kW require 400 V three-phase. Check availability in the workshop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Laguna","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50697736487240,"sku":"151-BFlux1","price":1016.43,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Impianto_di_aspirazione_Laguna_BFlux_1_perpolveri_fini.png?v=1759246119"},{"product_id":"sega-a-nastro-laguna-1412-230v","title":"LAGUNA 1412 230V Band Saw","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLaguna 1412 Bandsaw – Precision, Robustness, and Versatility for Your Workshop\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eLaguna 1412\u003c\/strong\u003e is designed to offer \u003cstrong\u003ehigh performance\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eprecise cuts up to 330 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e, combining a \u003cstrong\u003epowerful 1.3 kW motor\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eceramic guides\u003c\/strong\u003e, an \u003cstrong\u003etilting table\u003c\/strong\u003e, and a \u003cstrong\u003erobust structure\u003c\/strong\u003e. Suitable for professional woodworkers and artisans looking for reliability and ease of use, even for large workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 1.3 kW (230 V) motor for powerful, continuous cuts\u003cbr\u003e Cutting height up to 330 mm with smooth adjustment\u003cbr\u003e Large aluminum parallel fence, mountable vertically\/horizontally\u003cbr\u003e Tilting table from -7° to +45° for angled cuts\u003cbr\u003e Ceramic blade guides for stable cuts and long blade life\u003cbr\u003e Balanced cast iron wheels for smooth, vibration-free operation\u003cbr\u003e Blade tension lever on the back for quick changes\u003cbr\u003e Solid frame and self-cleaning brush for consistent performance\u003cbr\u003e Prepared for optional mobility kit\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Table\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeature\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLaguna 1412\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.3 kW (230V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWork surface dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e546 x 406 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax cutting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e330 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax cutting width to fence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e310 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax cutting width to column\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-7° to +45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade length min \/ max\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2914 \/ 2946 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade width min \/ max\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 \/ 19 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e965 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 x 683 x 1784 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackaging dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1400 x 580 x 600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e117 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e141.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Laguna 1412 bandsaw\u003cbr\u003e Support base\u003cbr\u003e Carbon FORCE REGULAR blade 2946 mm – 13 x 0.65 mm – 6 TPI\u003cbr\u003e Parallel fence\u003cbr\u003e Self-cleaning brush for the lower wheel\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"MsoNormal\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-family: 'Segoe UI Emoji',sans-serif; mso-bidi-font-family: 'Segoe UI Emoji';\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cb\u003e Why buy \u003cspan style=\"mso-spacerun: yes;\"\u003eLaguna 1412 230V Bandsaw\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan style=\"mso-spacerun: yes;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003efrom Krollit\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"MsoNormal\"\u003eBuying the Laguna 1412 230V Bandsaw\u003cspan style=\"mso-spacerun: yes;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e from Krollit means choosing not only a professional woodworking machine but also concrete support before and after purchase.\u003cbr\u003eKrollit assists professionals, artisans, and workshops in selecting the most suitable machine, offering assistance, technical support, and spare parts management.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo Shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer assistance available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eLaguna ceramic guides — why are they superior to standard steel guides?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLaguna ceramic guides (Cool Blocks or Ceramic Guides system) reduce lateral friction on the blade by 70–80% compared to steel guides — less heat, less blade wear, cleaner cutting surface. On the Laguna 1412, ceramic guides allow working at higher speeds without overheating the blade and typically last 10× longer than standard metal guides. They require no lubrication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e330 mm cutting height — what pieces can actually be worked?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 330 mm maximum cutting height allows working: beams up to 330 mm (typically 4\"×4\" for the 14\", 6\"×6\" for the 18BX), panels with vertical curvature and thick resins. The table width determines the maximum panel size. The Laguna 1412 with 1.3 kW is suitable for advanced hobbyists and small workshops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eThe disc brake with foot pedal — how does it work and why is it useful?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Laguna disc brake stops the blade in 2–3 seconds after the motor is turned off, compared to 30–60 seconds for saws without a brake. In practice: you finish a cut, press the pedal, and the blade stops before the next cut begins — reduces cycle time and the risk of accidentally touching the still-moving blade. Mandatory in professional contexts where safety is critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre Laguna replacement blades available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Laguna blades in various toothings available from Krollit. Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer assistance available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Laguna","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50716127822152,"sku":"151-1412","price":2451.92,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Sega_a_Nastro_Laguna_1412_in_laboratorioprofessionale.png?v=1759131896"},{"product_id":"sega-a-nastro-laguna-14bx-230v","title":"Laguna 14BX 230V Band Saw","description":"\u003ch3\u003eLaguna 14BX Bandsaw \/ 230V – Power and versatility for professional cuts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eLaguna 14BX\u003c\/strong\u003e is the choice for demanding woodworkers and professional workshops. Equipped with a \u003cstrong\u003e1.9 kW 230 V motor\u003c\/strong\u003e, a foot-operated disc brake, and ceramic blade guides, it guarantees \u003cstrong\u003eprecise cuts up to 346 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e with exceptional build quality. The table tilt from -7° to +45° further expands the machine's versatility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Powerful 1.9 kW single-phase asynchronous motor (230V)\u003cbr\u003e Cutting height up to 346 mm\u003cbr\u003e Solid fence with large parallel guide\u003cbr\u003e Foot-operated disc brake for quick blade stop\u003cbr\u003e Balanced cast iron wheels with polyurethane coating\u003cbr\u003e Ceramic blade guides for maximum stability and precision\u003cbr\u003e Tilting table from -7° to +45° for angled cuts\u003cbr\u003e Robust frame and compact design\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeature\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetail\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLaguna 14BX \/ 230V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.9 kW – 230V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum cutting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e346 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting width to frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting width to fence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e310 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrom -7° to +45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2946 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin \/ max blade width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 \/ 19 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e965 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e713 x 755 x 1790 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e123 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Laguna 14BX Bandsaw\u003cbr\u003e Adjustable parallel fence\u003cbr\u003e Blade included\u003cbr\u003e Integrated foot brake\u003cbr\u003e Ceramic guides\u003cbr\u003e Balanced cast iron wheels\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-family: 'Segoe UI Emoji',sans-serif; mso-bidi-font-family: 'Segoe UI Emoji';\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e Why buy\u003cspan style=\"mso-spacerun: yes;\"\u003e Laguna 14BX 230V Bandsaw \u003c\/span\u003efrom Krollit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePurchasing the Laguna 14BX 230V Bandsaw\u003cspan style=\"mso-spacerun: yes;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003efrom Krollit means choosing not only a professional woodworking machine, but also concrete support before and after the purchase. Krollit supports professionals, artisans, and workshops in choosing the most suitable machine, offering assistance, technical support, and spare parts management.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eLaguna ceramic guides — why are they superior to standard steel guides?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLaguna ceramic guides (Cool Blocks or Ceramic Guides system) reduce lateral friction on the blade by 70–80% compared to steel guides — less heat, less blade wear, cleaner cut surface. On the Laguna 14BX, ceramic guides allow for higher speed operation without overheating the blade, and typically last 10× longer than standard metal guides. They do not require lubrication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e346 mm cutting height — what pieces can actually be worked?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 346 mm maximum cutting height allows for working: beams up to 346 mm (typically 4\"×4\" for the 14\", 6\"×6\" for the 18BX), panels with vertical curvature and thick resins. The board width determines the maximum panel size. The Laguna 14BX with 1.9 kW is suitable for advanced hobbyists and small workshops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eThe foot-operated disc brake — how does it work and why is it useful?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Laguna disc brake stops the blade in 2–3 seconds after the motor is turned off, compared to 30–60 seconds for saws without a brake. In practice: you finish a cut, press the pedal, and the blade stops before the next cut begins — reducing cycle time and the risk of accidentally touching the still-moving blade. Mandatory in professional settings where safety is critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eLaguna replacement blades available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Laguna blades in various toothings available from Krollit. Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Laguna","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50716130836808,"sku":"151-14BX","price":2891.57,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Progettosenzatitolo-2025-09-29T093605.561.png?v=1759131411"},{"product_id":"sega-a-nastro-laguna-18bx-400v","title":"Laguna 18BX 400V Band Saw","description":"\u003ch3\u003eLaguna 18BX Bandsaw – Power and Precision for Professional Cutting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eLaguna 18BX\u003c\/strong\u003e is a professional bandsaw designed for \u003cstrong\u003eprecise cuts up to 410 mm in height\u003c\/strong\u003e, even on solid wood. Equipped with a \u003cstrong\u003epowerful 2.2 kW motor (400V)\u003c\/strong\u003e, foot brake, ceramic blade guides, and an extra-high adjustable fence, it offers everything needed to tackle even the most demanding woodworking tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Powerful 2.2 kW three-phase motor (400V)\u003cbr\u003e Maximum cutting height of 410 mm\u003cbr\u003e Adjustable and robust fence for versatile cuts\u003cbr\u003e Ceramic blade guides for high precision\u003cbr\u003e Balanced cast iron wheels with polyurethane coating\u003cbr\u003e Foot brake for immediate and safe stopping\u003cbr\u003e Rear lever for quick blade tensioning\u003cbr\u003e Tilting table from -7° to +45° for angled cuts\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeature\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetail\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLaguna 18BX\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW – 400V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWork surface dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e660 x 508 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum cutting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e410 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting width to column\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e460 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting width to fence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrom -7° to +45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade length min \/ max\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3651 \/ 3695 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade width min \/ max\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 \/ 31 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e965 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust collection port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e759 x 919 x 1975 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2070 x 650 x 850 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight \/ Shipping weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e186 kg \/ 210 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Laguna 18BX Bandsaw\u003cbr\u003e Carbon FORCE HOOK blade 3670 mm (16 x 0.8 mm – 4TPI)\u003cbr\u003e Vertical\/horizontal adjustable fence\u003cbr\u003e Ceramic blade guide\u003cbr\u003e Foot brake\u003cbr\u003e Balanced cast iron wheels\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy purchase the Laguna 18BX Bandsaw from Krollit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePurchasing the Laguna 18BX Bandsaw from Krollit means choosing not only a professional woodworking machine, but also concrete support before and after the purchase. Krollit assists professionals, artisans, and workshops in selecting the most suitable machine, offering assistance, technical support, and spare parts management. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eLaguna ceramic guides — why are they superior to standard steel guides?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLaguna ceramic guides (Cool Blocks or Ceramic Guides system) reduce lateral friction on the blade by 70–80% compared to steel guides — less heat, less blade wear, cleaner cutting surface. On the Laguna 18BX, ceramic guides allow working at higher speeds without overheating the blade, and typically last 10× longer than standard metal guides. They do not require lubrication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e410 mm cutting height — what pieces can actually be worked?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 410 mm maximum cutting height allows working: beams up to 410 mm (typically 4\"×4\" for the 14\", 6\"×6\" for the 18BX), panels with vertical curvature and thick resins. The table width determines the maximum panel size. The 18BX with a 2.2 kW motor is the choice for joineries that work thick solid wood daily.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eThe foot-operated disc brake — how does it work and why is it useful?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Laguna disc brake stops the blade in 2–3 seconds after the motor is switched off, compared to 30–60 seconds for saws without a brake. In practice: you finish a cut, press the pedal, and the blade stops before the next cut begins — reducing cycle time and the risk of accidentally touching the still-moving blade. Mandatory in professional settings where safety is critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eLaguna replacement blades available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Laguna blades in various tooth configurations available from Krollit. Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Laguna","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50716132999496,"sku":"151-18BX","price":3821.61,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Sega_a_Nastro_Laguna_18BXin_officina_professionale.png?v=1759132268"},{"product_id":"laguna-calibratrice-1632-supermax","title":"LAGUNA 1632 SuperMax Sander","description":"\u003ch3\u003eLAGUNA 1632 SuperMax Sander – Compact, Precise, and Technologically Advanced\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eLAGUNA 1632 SuperMax\u003c\/strong\u003e is a professional compact sander, perfect for sanding panels up to 812 mm thanks to its open-end design. Equipped with \u003cstrong\u003eIntellisand\u003c\/strong\u003e technology, digital thickness readout, and an intelligent feed system, this machine is the right choice for artisans and carpenters seeking precision, simplicity, and reliability in their workshop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Sanding capacity up to 812 mm with open-end table\u003cbr\u003e Fast and precise working height adjustment\u003cbr\u003e Digital readout for precise and repeatable thickness\u003cbr\u003e Intellisand technology for intelligent feed\u003cbr\u003e Optimized design for improved dust collection\u003cbr\u003e Lightweight yet stable 62 kg structure\u003cbr\u003e Suitable for narrow, long, or wide pieces thanks to the open-end bed\u003cbr\u003e Compatible with 76 mm abrasive belts\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Table\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeature\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetail\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1632 SuperMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage \/ Power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V \/ 1.1 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConveyor Motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor Speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1420 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed Speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 3 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum Workpiece Width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e406 mm (812 mm with open-end table)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkable Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.8 – 76 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSanding Drum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ127 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbrasive Belt Width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e76 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust Port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum Recommended Airflow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 m³\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e860 x 560 x 1220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet Weight \/ Weight with Packaging\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e62 kg \/ 71.7 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackaging Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e940 x 660 x 550 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e LAGUNA 1632 SuperMax sander\u003cbr\u003e Pre-installed abrasive belt\u003cbr\u003e Service wrenches\u003cbr\u003e Instruction manual\u003cbr\u003e Assembly accessories\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is Intellisand technology on the LAGUNA 1632 SuperMax and what does it change in practice?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntellisand is the automatic conveyor belt speed adjustment system: the machine detects workpiece resistance and adapts the feed to maintain constant sanding depth. On boards of varying width or with hard knots, without Intellisand the operator would have to manually slow down when the piece is thicker — with Intellisand, the machine automatically manages variations without intervention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eThe sanding width is 812 mm — can wider panels be worked?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the open-end table feature allows working panels up to 1624 mm by passing them twice (half the panel per pass, then turning it). The thickness precision remains constant because the reference plane is fixed. For panels beyond this limit, larger sanders are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre replacement abrasive belts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Laguna abrasive belts for the SuperMax series are available from Krollit. Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Laguna","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50716137062728,"sku":"151-1632","price":2127.81,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Progettosenzatitolo-2025-09-29T093414.558.png?v=1759131297"},{"product_id":"laguna-calibratrice-1938-supermax","title":"Laguna 1938 SuperMax Calibrating Sander","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLAGUNA 1938 SuperMax Sander – Precision and power for professional sanding\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eLAGUNA 1938 SuperMax\u003c\/strong\u003e is the ideal sander for carpenters, artisans, and professional workshops seeking \u003cstrong\u003ehigh performance\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eversatility\u003c\/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003euniform sanding even on wide and thin pieces\u003c\/strong\u003e. Featuring \u003cstrong\u003eIntellisand\u003c\/strong\u003e technology, digital control, and an intelligent automatic feed system, this machine sets the standard in professional sanding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Working capacity up to 965 mm wide\u003cbr\u003e Precise and backlash-free height adjustment with digital readout\u003cbr\u003e Intellisand system for adaptive automatic feed\u003cbr\u003e Extra-wide conveyor belt for greater stability\u003cbr\u003e Quick abrasive belt replacement with patented system\u003cbr\u003e Sanding drum with 127 mm diameter for maximum uniformity\u003cbr\u003e Robust and compact structure for prolonged use\u003cbr\u003e Compatible with 76 mm belts\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeature\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetail\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1938 SuperMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage \/ Power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V \/ 1350 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConveyor motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1420 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 3 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax workpiece width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e965 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin workpiece length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.8 – 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSanding drum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ127 x 482 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbrasive belt width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e76 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtraction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x Ø100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended minimum air flow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 m³\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1090 x 670 x 1290 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight \/ Weight with packaging\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e118 kg \/ 130 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackaging dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1150 x 1150 x 815 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e LAGUNA 1938 SuperMax sander\u003cbr\u003e Pre-installed abrasive belt\u003cbr\u003e Maintenance wrenches\u003cbr\u003e User manual\u003cbr\u003e Mounting accessories\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is Intellisand technology on the LAGUNA 1938 SuperMax and how does it change practical use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntellisand is the automatic feed belt speed adjustment system: the machine detects workpiece resistance and adjusts the feed to maintain constant sanding depth. On boards of varying widths or with hard knots, without Intellisand the operator must manually slow down when the piece is thicker — with Intellisand the machine automatically handles variations without intervention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eThe sanding width is 965 mm — can wider panels be processed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the flip-over table function allows panels up to 1930 mm to be processed by passing them twice (half a panel per pass, then turning it). Thickness precision remains constant because the reference plane is fixed. For panels beyond this limit, larger sanders are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre replacement abrasive belts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Laguna abrasive belts for the SuperMax series are available from Krollit. Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Laguna","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50716139127112,"sku":"151-1938","price":3069.12,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Laguna_1938_SuperMaxCalibratrice_professionale_per_legno.png?v=1759131570"},{"product_id":"laguna-cflux-3-aspiratore-ciclonico-400v","title":"LAGUNA CFlux 3 \/ 400 V Cyclone Dust Collector","description":"\u003ch3\u003eLAGUNA CFlux 3 \/ 400 V Cyclonic Dust Collector – Professional Performance, Superior Filtration\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eLAGUNA CFlux 3\u003c\/strong\u003e dust collection system is designed for demanding workshops that require a clean, fine dust-free working environment. Equipped with \u003cstrong\u003etwo-stage cyclonic technology\u003c\/strong\u003e, a \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-efficiency filter \u003e99.97%\u003c\/strong\u003e, and an oversized drum, the CFlux 3 ensures continuous, powerful filtration with simple maintenance and professional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Two-stage cyclonic technology for efficient chip separation\u003cbr\u003e Powerful suction: \u003cstrong\u003e3831 m³\/hour\u003c\/strong\u003e with a \u003cstrong\u003e2200 W – 400 V\u003c\/strong\u003e motor\u003cbr\u003e High-efficiency pleated filter (\u003e99.97% on particles \u003e1 µm)\u003cbr\u003e Simplified filter cleaning with a \u003cstrong\u003erotating paddle\u003c\/strong\u003e system\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e174-litre\u003c\/strong\u003e waste drum with quick-release and lockable casters\u003cbr\u003e Transparent window and internal LED for fill level monitoring\u003cbr\u003e Flexible connections: 1x Ø200 mm or 3x Ø100 mm\u003cbr\u003e Robust and compact design for intensive production environments\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Table\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeature\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetail\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCFlux 3Tv2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage \/ Power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 V \/ 2200 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuction Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3831 m³\/hour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum Negative Pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2800 Pa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNoise Level\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e88 dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWaste Container Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e174 litres (1194 x 960 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpper Filter Bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e660 x 620 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFilter Efficiency\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003e 1 µm – 99.97%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFilter Cleaning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual via rotating paddles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuction Connections\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1x Ø200 mm or 3x Ø100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine Dimensions (LxWxH)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1168 x 686 x 2286 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e146 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended Use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e LAGUNA CFlux 3 Cyclonic Dust Collector\u003cbr\u003e Upper pleated filter\u003cbr\u003e 174-litre waste drum with casters\u003cbr\u003e Quick-release system\u003cbr\u003e Dust collection bags\u003cbr\u003e User manual and assembly accessories\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo Shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between CFlux and PFlux in the Laguna range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CFlux uses a cyclonic pre-separator that separates large chips before the fine filter — the filter clogs less frequently. The PFlux additionally has a true HEPA filter (99.97% efficiency on particles over 0.3 μm) — suitable for environments where fine dust (MDF, painting) is a health concern. The CFlux has a standard filter; the PFlux has superior filtration performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eTwo-stage cyclonic technology — why does it reduce maintenance?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe first cyclonic stage separates chips and coarse dust by centrifugal effect, collecting them in the lower drum. Only fine dust passes to the second filter stage. Result: the filter clogs 5–8 times slower than a single-stage dust collector with a direct filter — fewer filter replacements, fewer flow reductions, less maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre replacement filters and bags available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Laguna filters, bags, and accessories are available from Krollit. Original spare parts are available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support is available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts are available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support is available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Laguna","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50716142666056,"sku":"151-CFlux3Tv2","price":4192.14,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Aspiratore_ciclonico_LAGUNA_CFlux_3operativo_in_falegnameria.png?v=1759132508"},{"product_id":"laguna-pflux-1-aspiratore-ciclonico-230v","title":"LAGUNA PFlux 1 \/ 230 V Cyclonic Dust Collector","description":"\u003ch3\u003eLAGUNA PFlux 1 \/ 230 V Cyclonic Dust Collector – Compact, Powerful, Professional\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eLAGUNA PFlux 1\u003c\/strong\u003e dust collection system offers high-level performance in a compact format, suitable for woodworking shops and professional workshops with space constraints. Thanks to its \u003cstrong\u003etwo-stage cyclonic technology\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eHEPA filter with automatic cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e, and 95-liter container, the PFlux 1 ensures powerful and continuous dust collection, keeping the work environment clean and safe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Two-stage cyclonic technology with efficient chip separation\u003cbr\u003e Powerful suction: \u003cstrong\u003e1786 m³\/hour\u003c\/strong\u003e with \u003cstrong\u003e1100 W – 230 V\u003c\/strong\u003e motor\u003cbr\u003e HEPA filter with \u003cstrong\u003e99.2% efficiency\u003c\/strong\u003e on particles \u003e 0.4 micron\u003cbr\u003e Integrated \u003cstrong\u003eautomatic filter cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e system\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e95-liter\u003c\/strong\u003e waste container with quick release and wheels\u003cbr\u003e Internal LEDs and visual\/audible fill sensors\u003cbr\u003e Quiet: only \u003cstrong\u003e70 dB(A)\u003c\/strong\u003e at 3 meters\u003cbr\u003e Connections: 1x Ø150 mm or 2x Ø100 mm\u003cbr\u003e Suitable for small spaces without sacrificing industrial performance\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Data Sheet\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeature\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetail\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePFlux 1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage \/ Power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V \/ 1100 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuction Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1786 m³\/hour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax Negative Pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2514 Pa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSound Volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70 dB(A) at 3 meters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWaste Container Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e95 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust Collection Bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1090 x 810 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHEPA Filter Efficiency\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u0026gt;0.4 µm – 99.2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic Filter Cleaning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, with separate motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuction Connections\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1x Ø150 mm or 2x Ø100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine Dimensions (LxWxH)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1168 x 610 x 1753 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e122 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight with Packaging\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e155 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended Use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e LAGUNA PFlux 1 Cyclonic Dust Collector\u003cbr\u003e Integrated HEPA filter\u003cbr\u003e 95 L waste container with wheels\u003cbr\u003e Dust collection bags\u003cbr\u003e Automatic filter cleaning system\u003cbr\u003e User manual and assembly accessories\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo Shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between CFlux and PFlux in the Laguna range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CFlux uses a cyclonic pre-separator that separates large chips before the fine filter — the filter clogs less frequently. The PFlux additionally has a true HEPA filter (99.97% efficiency on particles larger than 0.3 μm) — suitable for environments where fine dust (MDF, painting) is a health concern. The CFlux has a standard filter; the PFlux has superior filtration performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eTwo-stage cyclonic technology — why does it reduce maintenance?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe first cyclonic stage separates chips and coarse dust by centrifugal force, collecting them in the lower container. Only fine dust passes to the second filter stage. Result: the filter clogs 5–8 times slower than a single-stage dust collector with a direct filter — fewer filter replacements, fewer flow drops, less maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eReplacement filters and bags available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Laguna filters, bags, and accessories available from Krollit. Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eSpare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Laguna","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50716145615176,"sku":"151-PFlux1","price":4381.15,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Aspiratore_ciclonico_LAGUNA_PFlux_1_inlaboratorio.png?v=1759132656"},{"product_id":"laguna-pflux-3-aspiratore-ciclonico-400v","title":"LAGUNA PFlux 3v2 Cyclone Extractor \/ 400 V","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLAGUNA PFlux 3v2 Cyclonic Dust Collector \/ 400 V – Maximum Power and HEPA Filtration\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eLAGUNA PFlux 3v2\u003c\/strong\u003e cyclonic dust collector is the top-of-the-range model in the Laguna Flux series, designed to offer maximum power, quiet operation, and filtration in professional environments. Thanks to its \u003cstrong\u003etwo-stage cyclonic technology\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eautomatic HEPA filter cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e, and large 174-liter container, this system is the advanced choice for workshops, woodworking shops, and businesses that handle large volumes of chips and fine dust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Two-stage cyclonic technology for efficient separation\u003cbr\u003e Integrated HEPA filter with 99.2% efficiency on particles \u003e 0.4 µm\u003cbr\u003e Automatic filter cleaning system with dedicated motor\u003cbr\u003e High suction power: \u003cstrong\u003e3831 m³\/hour\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 174-liter waste container with \u003cstrong\u003equick release and wheels\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Internal LED lighting and visual\/audible fill level indicators\u003cbr\u003e Multiple connections: 1x Ø200 mm or 3x Ø100 mm\u003cbr\u003e Quiet operation: only \u003cstrong\u003e76 dB\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Suitable for industrial and professional applications\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Table\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeature\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetail\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePFlux 3v2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2200 W – 400 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuction capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3831 m³\/hour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNegative pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2800 Pa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSound volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e76 dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWaste container capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e174 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust collection bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1194 x 960 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHEPA filter efficiency\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003e0.4 µm – 99.2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic filter cleaning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, with separate motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuction connections\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1x Ø200 mm or 3x Ø100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (LxWxH)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1168 x 686 x 2286 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e175 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight with packaging\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e198 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional workshops, woodworking shops\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e LAGUNA PFlux 3v2 Cyclonic Dust Collector\u003cbr\u003e Integrated HEPA filter\u003cbr\u003e Waste container with wheels\u003cbr\u003e Waste bag kit\u003cbr\u003e Automatic filter cleaning system\u003cbr\u003e Connection accessories and manual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between CFlux and PFlux in the Laguna range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CFlux uses a cyclonic pre-separator that separates large chips before the fine filter — the filter clogs less frequently. The PFlux also has a true HEPA filter (99.97% efficiency on particles over 0.3 μm) — suitable for environments where fine dust (MDF, painting) is a health concern. The CFlux has a standard filter; the PFlux has superior filtration performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eTwo-stage cyclonic technology — why does it reduce maintenance?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe first cyclonic stage separates coarse chips and dust by centrifugal effect, collecting them in the lower container. Only fine dust passes to the second filter stage. Result: the filter clogs 5–8 times slower than a single-stage dust collector with a direct filter — fewer filter replacements, fewer flow rate drops, less maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eReplacement filters and bags available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Laguna filters, bags, and accessories available from Krollit. Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eSpare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Laguna","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50716151513416,"sku":"151-PFlux3Tv2","price":5688.86,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Aspiratore_ciclonico_LAGUNA_PFlux_3v2_installato_in_officin.png?v=1759132787"},{"product_id":"laguna-aflux-12-impianto-di-filtrazione-dellaria","title":"LAGUNA AFlux 12 air filtration system","description":"\u003ch3\u003eLAGUNA AFlux 12 Air Filtration System – HEPA Filter and Ceiling Mount\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eLAGUNA AFlux 12\u003c\/strong\u003e filtration system is the professional and reliable choice for keeping the air clean in woodworking shops and production facilities. Thanks to its \u003cstrong\u003edual high-efficiency filtration\u003c\/strong\u003e (up to 1 micron) and \u003cstrong\u003ethree-level adjustable airflow\u003c\/strong\u003e, it effectively removes fine dust, ensuring a healthy, quiet, and clutter-free working environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts compact design, \u003cstrong\u003eincluded remote control\u003c\/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003eautomatic timer\u003c\/strong\u003e make the AFlux 12 suitable for those who desire continuous, unsupervised filtration, even in confined spaces or high-production environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Adjustable airflow up to 2038 m³\/h\u003cbr\u003e Dual filtration: 5 micron outer + 1 micron inner HEPA\u003cbr\u003e Automatic timer with 3 settings: 1, 2, and 4 hours\u003cbr\u003e Remote control for power, speed, and timer\u003cbr\u003e Quiet design (55.6 to 59.6 dB)\u003cbr\u003e Ceiling mount for space-saving\u003cbr\u003e Suitable for professional workshops, woodworking shops, and laboratories\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Table\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeature\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetail\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAFlux 12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 W (230 V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFiltration rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e917 \/ 1240 \/ 2038 m³\/hour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOuter filter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 micron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInner filter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 micron (HEPA)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemote control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTimer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1, 2, 4 hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSound pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55.6 dB (low) – 59.6 dB (high)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCeiling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (LxWxH)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e712 × 610 × 305 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional production \/ craftsmanship\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 1 LAGUNA AFlux 12 unit\u003cbr\u003e Outer filter (5 micron)\u003cbr\u003e Inner HEPA filter (1 micron)\u003cbr\u003e Remote control\u003cbr\u003e Ceiling mounting kit\u003cbr\u003e User manual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the AFlux 12 filter already extracted air or ambient air?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AFlux 12 is an ambient air filtration system — it is not connected to machines like an extractor. It hangs from the ceiling and draws in air from the workshop, filtering it through a dual stage (pre-filter + HEPA) in a continuous cycle. It is suitable for removing fine airborne dust that extractors connected to machines do not capture — the dust that remains in the air after processing and settles on surfaces and in lungs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow many air changes per second does the AFlux 12 perform?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AFlux 12 filters 12 m³\/min — in a 50 m² workshop with a 3 m ceiling height (150 m³), it completes a filtration cycle every 12–13 minutes. For larger workshops, the cycle length increases proportionally. For professional air quality standards in woodworking, 6–10 air changes\/hour are recommended — for a 150 m³ workshop, the AFlux 12 completes 4–5 cycles\/hour, which is adequate for intermittent use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre replacement filters available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReplacement HEPA filters and pre-filters for Laguna are available from Krollit. Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Laguna","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50716157280584,"sku":"151-AFlux12","price":835.61,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Sistema_di_filtrazione_AFlux_12_montato_a_soffitto.webp?v=1755857086"},{"product_id":"laguna-estensione-del-piano-fusion","title":"LAGUNA Fusion Table Saw Extension","description":"\u003ch3\u003eLAGUNA Fusion Table Saw Extension – Up to 1320 mm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe LAGUNA table extension is the ideal accessory for those working with \u003cstrong\u003ewide panels and bulky materials\u003c\/strong\u003e. Designed for \u003cstrong\u003eIGM LAGUNA Fusion\u003c\/strong\u003e table saws, it allows you to extend the cutting capacity \u003cstrong\u003eup to 1320 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e, ensuring a stable, large, and perfectly aligned work surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe structure consists of a solid \u003cstrong\u003eMDF\u003c\/strong\u003e top, height-adjustable legs for \u003cstrong\u003eimpeccable stability\u003c\/strong\u003e, and an aluminum rail that acts as a support for the fence. An essential upgrade for those seeking \u003cstrong\u003eprecision, space, and reliability\u003c\/strong\u003e in woodworking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Increases effective cutting width up to 1320 mm\u003cbr\u003e High-strength MDF top, suitable for professional use\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable legs for perfect alignment with the saw table\u003cbr\u003e Aluminum rail included to support the fence\u003cbr\u003e Designed for use with IGM LAGUNA Fusion table saws\u003cbr\u003e Suitable for cutting large and heavy panels\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Table\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCategory\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eValue\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth extension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 1320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupport structure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight-adjustable legs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIGM LAGUNA Fusion\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAccessory included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminum rail for fence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntended use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable saw extension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 1 MDF worktop\u003cbr\u003e 1 aluminum rail for fence support\u003cbr\u003e 2 height-adjustable legs\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eThe Laguna Fusion table extension — how is it installed and how many cutting possibilities does it add?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe table extension is installed on the side rails of the Laguna Fusion table saw, extending the support surface up to 1320 mm. Without the extension, panels wider than the standard table would tilt during cutting, compromising quality and safety. With the extension, panels up to 1320 mm wide can be processed in a single pass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it compatible with all Laguna Fusion models?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompatible with Laguna Fusion table saws (IGM models). Verify the specific version of your saw before purchasing. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDelivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Laguna","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50716159050056,"sku":"151-Fusion52","price":383.24,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Estensione_banco_LAGUNA_Fusion_fino_a_1320_mm.webp?v=1750843809"},{"product_id":"laguna-piastra-di-ricambio-clearance-throat-2","title":"LAGUNA Replacement plate for double blade","description":"\u003ch3\u003ePertinax DADO insert for LAGUNA Fusion table saws\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe replacement Pertinax insert is designed for use with \u003cstrong\u003eDADO blades\u003c\/strong\u003e on \u003cstrong\u003eLAGUNA Fusion\u003c\/strong\u003e table saws, ensuring precise and secure support during grooving operations. Made from \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-strength Pertinax\u003c\/strong\u003e, this insert guarantees \u003cstrong\u003edurability and perfect flatness\u003c\/strong\u003e with the machine table, promoting clean and vibration-free cuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThanks to its accurate structure, the insert can be installed quickly and with extreme ease, offering a professional and stable solution for those who need to mount dado blades of varying widths.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Specific replacement insert for LAGUNA Fusion table saws\u003cbr\u003e Durable Pertinax structure, suitable for intensive use\u003cbr\u003e Opening designed for DADO blades (grooving cuts)\u003cbr\u003e Precise alignment with the machine table\u003cbr\u003e Easy assembly and replacement\u003cbr\u003e Optimized for professional woodworking\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCategory\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eValue\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e372 x 104.5 x 13 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePertinax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLAGUNA Fusion table saws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert for DADO blades\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixing system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInterlocking with machine table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 1 Pertinax insert for DADO blades (372 x 104.5 x 13 mm)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eThe Pertinax DADO insert — for what type of processing is it needed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DADO insert is specific for DADO blades (stackable dado set): a set of multiple blades mounted together to cut grooves of varying widths in a single pass. The standard plate of the Fusion Laguna does not have an opening wide enough for DADO sets — this insert replaces the standard plate when mounting the DADO set for making joints, grooves, and rebates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDelivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Laguna","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50716163932488,"sku":"151-FusionDado","price":85.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Inserto_DADO_per_sega_da_banco_LAGUNA_Fusion.webp?v=1750842247"},{"product_id":"laguna-coltello-separatore","title":"Laguna Scoring Knife for Non-Through Cuts – Ø 254 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Laguna riving knife is an essential accessory for those who want to \u003cstrong\u003emaximize safety\u003c\/strong\u003e during work on a table saw, especially for non-through cuts and dadoes. Designed to \u003cstrong\u003eprevent kickback of the workpiece\u003c\/strong\u003e, this knife is positioned \u003cstrong\u003ebelow the blade height\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing you to work without obstruction and with full control of the material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDirect compatibility with \u003cstrong\u003eØ 254 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e blades makes it suitable for many Laguna saws, while for Ø 250 mm blades, it's sufficient to lower it by 2 mm through grinding. Thanks to its \u003cstrong\u003e2.27 mm thickness\u003c\/strong\u003e, it maintains the correct distance to ensure effective protection without interfering with the cutting line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Riving knife designed for non-through cuts\u003cbr\u003e Increases safety against kickback\u003cbr\u003e Positions below blade height to avoid obstructing the cut\u003cbr\u003e Suitable for grooving operations\u003cbr\u003e Compatible with Ø 254 mm blades (no modification)\u003cbr\u003e Compatible with Ø 250 mm blades (with 2 mm grinding)\u003cbr\u003e Optimal thickness of 2.27 mm\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCategory\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eValue\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRiving knife\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-through cuts \/ dadoes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 254 mm direct \/ Ø 250 mm with grinding\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLower than the blade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnife thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.27 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplications\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnti-kickback safety, partial cuts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 1 Laguna riving knife for non-through cuts\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days in the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eThe riving knife — when is it mandatory and when can it be removed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe riving knife must be kept installed for any through cuts — it keeps the kerf open, preventing the cut from closing on the blade and causing kickback, one of the most serious accidents on a table saw. It should only be removed for non-through cuts (grooves, partial incisions) where there is no risk of closing. This Laguna model for Ø 254 mm blades is specific to that size — do not use with blades of a different diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDelivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Laguna","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50716165046600,"sku":"151-Fusion3-27","price":38.52,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Coltello_divisore_IGM_Laguna_per_scanalature.webp?v=1750837838"},{"product_id":"detergente-cmt-per-attrezzi-formula-2050-05-l","title":"Chemical product for maintenance Laguna Detergent CMT for tools FORMULA 2050 - 0.5 l","description":"\u003cp\u003eLaguna FORMULA 2050 CMT Tool Cleaner - 0.5 l is a chemical maintenance product for professional use available from Krollit, an official Laguna distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFormula: 2050\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 0.5 liters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAction: Cleaning + protective\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety: Non-toxic, biodegradable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses FORMULA 2050 CMT Tool Cleaner - 0.5 l and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFORMULA 2050 CMT Tool Cleaner - 0.5 l is a chemical maintenance product for professional use distributed by Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Laguna range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLaguna FORMULA 2050 CMT Tool Cleaner - 0.5 l is part of the Laguna range of chemical maintenance products, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Laguna range includes models of various categories and performance; to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Laguna catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is FORMULA 2050 CMT Tool Cleaner - 0.5 l for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFORMULA 2050 CMT tool cleaner - 0.5 l is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical workshops and professional joineries\u003c\/strong\u003e: regular maintenance of tools, blades, and mechanical components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntensive processing with daily use\u003c\/strong\u003e: cleaning and protection of surfaces during production cycles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse in environments without ventilation\u003c\/strong\u003e: check safety data sheet and dosage for correct use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is this product used for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a professional chemical product for the maintenance, cleaning, or lubrication of tools, machines, and surfaces as indicated in the model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRefer to the technical data sheet for the specific field of application. The use of the appropriate product for each process extends the life of tools and improves the quality of work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is it applied correctly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the instructions on the package: spray evenly or spread with a clean cloth, let it act for the indicated time, and remove if required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorrect application avoids product waste and optimizes effectiveness. Use appropriate PPE (gloves, goggles) and follow the instructions on the safety data sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be used on all materials?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product is formulated for the category indicated in the model (wood, metal, plastic). Check compatibility with the material before application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo avoid damage to paints, finishes, or sensitive materials, always perform a test on an inconspicuous area first. For food surfaces, only use specific approved products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow should it be stored?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a dry and ventilated place, away from heat sources and open flames, in an upright position with the cap tightly closed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe recommended temperature is 5-25 °C. Exposure to frost or prolonged sun can alter the formulation. Keep out of reach of children.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have an expiry date?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional chemical products have a shelf life of 24-36 months if stored correctly. The production date is indicated on the packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter opening, the product should be used within 12 months to maintain effectiveness. A separated or non-homogeneous formulation with deposits indicates deterioration and should be replaced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Laguna","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50716179398984,"sku":"C99800101","price":14.31,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Detergente_CMT_FORMULA_2050_0_5_L.webp?v=1750932914"},{"product_id":"lubrificante-per-legno-formula-998-1-l","title":"Chemical product for maintenance Laguna Wood lubricant, FORMULA 998 - 1 l","description":"\u003cp\u003eLaguna Wood Lubricant, FORMULA 998 - 1 l is a chemical maintenance product for professional use available at Krollit, official Laguna distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFormula: 998\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 1 liter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHow to use: Spray or sponge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses Wood Lubricant, FORMULA 998 - 1 l and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Wood Lubricant, FORMULA 998 - 1 l is a chemical maintenance product for professional use distributed by Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Laguna range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLaguna Wood Lubricant, FORMULA 998 - 1 l is part of the Laguna range of chemical maintenance products, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Laguna range includes models of various categories and performance: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Laguna catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility check with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Wood Lubricant, FORMULA 998 - 1 l for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe wood lubricant, formula 998 - 1 l is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical workshops and professional joinery\u003c\/strong\u003e: regular maintenance of tools, blades and mechanical components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntensive processing with daily use\u003c\/strong\u003e: cleaning and protection of surfaces during production cycles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse in unventilated environments\u003c\/strong\u003e: check safety data sheet and dosage for correct use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is this product for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a professional chemical product for the maintenance, cleaning or lubrication of tools, machines and surfaces as indicated in the model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the specific field of application in the technical data sheet. The use of the appropriate product for each process extends the life of tools and improves the quality of work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is it applied correctly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the instructions on the package: spray evenly or spread with a clean cloth, let it act for the indicated time and remove if necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorrect application avoids product waste and optimizes effectiveness. Use appropriate PPE (gloves, goggles) and follow the instructions on the safety data sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be used on all materials?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product is formulated for the category indicated in the model (wood, metal, plastic). Check compatibility with the material before application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo avoid damage to paints, finishes or sensitive materials, first perform a test on an inconspicuous area. On food surfaces, only use specific approved products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow should it be stored?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a dry and ventilated place, away from heat sources and open flames, in an upright position and with the cap tightly closed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe recommended temperature is 5-25 °C. Exposure to frost or prolonged sun can alter the formulation. Keep out of reach of children.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have an expiration date?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional chemical products have a shelf life of 24-36 months if stored correctly. The production date is indicated on the packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter opening, the product must be used within 12 months to maintain effectiveness. A separated formulation or with non-homogeneous deposits indicates deterioration and must be replaced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Laguna","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50716180906312,"sku":"C99800201","price":18.32,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Flacone_CMT_FORMULA_998_1_Litro.webp?v=1755792764"},{"product_id":"lama-per-sega-a-nastro-da-2946mm-6-x-065mm-4tpi","title":"Laguna Bandsaw Blade 2946mm - 6 x 0.65mm 4Tpi","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Laguna 2946mm - 6 x 0.65mm 4Tpi bandsaw blade is a professional cutting tool available at Krollit, an official Laguna distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade length: 2946 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade width: 6 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade thickness: 0.65 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTeeth per inch (TPI): 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Hardened carbon steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting height: 20 – 80 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the 2946mm - 6 x 0.65mm 4Tpi bandsaw blade and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shops and tool workshops use the 2946mm - 6 x 0.65mm 4Tpi bandsaw blade for cutting, drilling, or sharpening operations on materials compatible with the tool's geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Laguna range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Laguna 2946mm - 6 x 0.65mm 4Tpi bandsaw blade is part of the Laguna range of cutting tools, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Laguna range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Laguna catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the 2946mm - 6 x 0.65mm 4Tpi bandsaw blade for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2946mm - 6 x 0.65mm 4tpi bandsaw blade is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine shops and tool workshops\u003c\/strong\u003e: cutting and sharpening operations on compatible materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers with compatible machines\u003c\/strong\u003e: replacement part or original tool for the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOut-of-specification materials\u003c\/strong\u003e: check workable material and tool geometry before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2946 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.65 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTeeth per inch (TPI)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHardened carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 – 80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHOLZMANN HBS 400, LAGUNA 1412, LAGUNA 14BX\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTooth type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKIP\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich bandsaw is this blade compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is specifically for the Laguna 14|12 bandsaw (with a blade stroke of 2946 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the blade stroke (closed band length) of your saw before purchasing. The length is indicated in the machine manual or welded onto the existing blade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is 4 TPI grit used for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for general-purpose cutting on dry and hard wood, thicknesses 10-25 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGeneral rule: Low TPI (2-4) for aggressive and fast cuts; high TPI (6-14) for cleaner finishes but slower. The choice depends on the material thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat can be cut with a 6 mm width?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is suitable for curved and contour cuts with minimal radii (Ø 3-10 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe width determines the minimum cutting radius: for wood with a 6 mm width, the approximate radius is 30 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen should the blade be replaced?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA bandsaw blade should be replaced when cutting becomes slower, shows signs of burning, or requires more pressure. Bandsaw blades are not sharpened; they are replaced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIndicators of wear: burning of the wood during cutting, deviation of the cutting line (the blade \"runs off\"), altered noise, presence of smoke. Average service life: 40-100 hours of cutting for standard blades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow to tension it correctly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the saw manufacturer's instructions: typical tension 12,000-25,000 PSI for wood blades. Incorrect tension is the main cause of premature breakage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlades that are too loose cut crooked and break due to fatigue; blades that are too tight break due to mechanical stress. Tension should be checked cold after 5 minutes of work: if the noise changes significantly, recheck.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Laguna","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50716183986504,"sku":"F209-006","price":26.64,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Lama_Carbon_FORCE_SKIP_2946_mm_per_seghe_a_nastro.webp?v=1750843369"},{"product_id":"lama-per-sega-a-nastro-2946mm-13-x-065mm-6tpi","title":"Laguna Bandsaw Blade 2946mm - 13 x 0.65mm 6TPI","description":"\u003cp\u003eLaguna Bandsaw Blade 2946mm - 13 x 0.65mm 6TPI is a professional cutting tool available from Krollit, an official Laguna distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade length: 2946 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade width: 13 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade thickness: 0.65 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTeeth per inch (TPI): 6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting height: 3–20 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility: HOLZMANN HBS 400, LAGUNA 1412, LAGUNA 14BX\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the 2946mm - 13 x 0.65mm 6TPI Bandsaw Blade and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and tool laboratories use the 2946mm - 13 x 0.65mm 6TPI Bandsaw Blade for cutting, drilling, or sharpening operations on materials compatible with the tool's geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Laguna range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Laguna Bandsaw Blade 2946mm - 13 x 0.65mm 6TPI is part of Laguna's range of cutting tools, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Laguna range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Laguna catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the 2946mm - 13 x 0.65mm 6TPI Bandsaw Blade for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2946mm - 13 x 0.65mm 6tpi bandsaw blade is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical workshops and tool laboratories\u003c\/strong\u003e: cutting and sharpening operations on compatible materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers with compatible machines\u003c\/strong\u003e: replacement or original tool for the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOut-of-spec materials\u003c\/strong\u003e: verify workable material and tool geometry before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2946 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.65 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTeeth per inch (TPI)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3–20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHOLZMANN HBS 400, LAGUNA 1412, LAGUNA 14BX\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTooth type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eREGULAR\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich bandsaw is this blade compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is specific for the Laguna 14|12 bandsaw (with a blade travel of 2946 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVerify the blade travel (closed band length) of your saw before purchasing. The length is indicated in the machine manual or stamped on the existing blade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is 6 TPI grit used for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for general-purpose cutting of dry and hard wood, 10-25 mm thick.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGeneral rule: low TPI (2-4) for aggressive and fast cuts; high TPI (6-14) for cleaner but slower finishes. The choice depends on the material thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat can be cut with a 13 mm width?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is suitable for medium curved cuts with a radius of up to 65 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe width determines the minimum cutting radius: for wood with a 13 mm width, the approximate radius is 65 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen should the blade be replaced?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA bandsaw blade should be replaced when cutting becomes slower, shows burning, or requires more pressure. Bandsaw blades are not sharpened: they are replaced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWear indicators: wood burning during cutting, deviation of the cutting line (the blade \"runs away\"), altered noise, presence of smoke. Average lifespan: 40-100 cutting hours for standard blades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow to tension it correctly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the saw manufacturer's instructions: typical tension 12,000-25,000 PSI for wood blades. Incorrect tension is the main cause of premature breakage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlades that are too loose cut crookedly and break due to fatigue; blades that are too tight break due to mechanical tension. Tension should be checked cold after 5 minutes of operation: if the noise changes significantly, recheck.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Laguna","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50716187001160,"sku":"F209-013","price":27.96,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Lama_13_mm_REGULAR_6_TPI_Tagli_rifiniti_su_LAGUNA.webp?v=1755792093"},{"product_id":"lama-per-sega-a-nastro-3670mm-25-x-09mm-6tpi","title":"Laguna Bandsaw Blade 3670mm - 25 x 0.9mm 6TPI","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Laguna Bandsaw Blade 3670mm - 25 x 0.9mm 6TPI is a professional-grade cutting tool available from Krollit, an official Laguna distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade length: 3670 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade width: 25 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade thickness: 0.9 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTeeth per inch (TPI): 6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting height: 3–20 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility: LAGUNA 18BX\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Bandsaw Blade 3670mm - 25 x 0.9mm 6TPI and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shops and tool workshops use the Bandsaw Blade 3670mm - 25 x 0.9mm 6TPI for cutting, drilling, or sharpening operations on materials compatible with the tool's geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Laguna range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Laguna Bandsaw Blade 3670mm - 25 x 0.9mm 6TPI is part of the Laguna cutting tool range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Laguna range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Laguna catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bandsaw Blade 3670mm - 25 x 0.9mm 6TPI for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bandsaw Blade 3670mm - 25 x 0.9mm 6TPI is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine shops and tool workshops\u003c\/strong\u003e: cutting and sharpening operations on compatible materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers with compatible machines\u003c\/strong\u003e: replacement part or original tool for the specified machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOut-of-specification materials\u003c\/strong\u003e: verify workable material and tool geometry before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3670 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.9 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTeeth per inch (TPI)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3–20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLAGUNA 18BX\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTooth type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eREGULAR\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich bandsaw is this blade compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is specifically for the Laguna 18|BX bandsaw (with a blade length of 3670 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease check your saw's blade length (closed blade length) before purchasing. The length is indicated in the machine manual or welded onto the existing blade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is 6 TPI grit used for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for versatile cutting on dry and hard wood, thicknesses 10-25 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGeneral rule: low TPI (2-4) for aggressive and fast cuts; high TPI (6-14) for clean but slower finishes. The choice depends on the material thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat can be cut with a 25 mm width?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is suitable for straight cuts and resawing with maximum stability (not suitable for tight curves).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe width determines the minimum cutting radius: for wood with a width of 25 mm, the approximate radius is 125 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen should the blade be replaced?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA bandsaw blade should be replaced when cutting becomes slower, shows burning, or requires more pressure. Bandsaw blades are not sharpened: they are replaced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIndicators of wear: wood burning during cutting, deviation of the cutting line (the blade \"runs away\"), altered noise, presence of smoke. Average lifespan: 40-100 cutting hours for standard blades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow to tension it correctly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the saw manufacturer's instructions: typical tension 12,000-25,000 PSI for wood blades. Incorrect tension is the main cause of premature breakage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlades that are too loose cut crookedly and break due to fatigue; blades that are too tight break due to mechanical tension. Tension should be checked cold after 5 minutes of operation: if the noise changes significantly, recheck.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Laguna","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50716198338888,"sku":"F211-025","price":39.27,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Lama_REGULAR_25_mm_per_finitura_su_LAGUNA_18BX.webp?v=1755791670"},{"product_id":"lama-per-sega-a-nastro-3670mm-16-x-08mm-4tpi","title":"Laguna Bandsaw Blade 3670mm - 16 x 0.8mm 4TPI","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Laguna Bandsaw Blade 3670mm - 16 x 0.8mm 4TPi is a professional cutting tool available from Krollit, an official Laguna distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade length: 3670 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade width: 16 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade thickness: 0.8 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTeeth per inch (TPI): 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting height: 40–200 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility: LAGUNA 18BX\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Bandsaw Blade 3670mm - 16 x 0.8mm 4TPi and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and tool laboratories use the Bandsaw Blade 3670mm - 16 x 0.8mm 4TPi for cutting, drilling, or sharpening operations on materials compatible with the tool's geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Laguna range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Laguna Bandsaw Blade 3670mm - 16 x 0.8mm 4TPi is part of the Laguna range of cutting tools, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Laguna range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Laguna catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bandsaw Blade 3670mm - 16 x 0.8mm 4TPi for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bandsaw blade 3670mm - 16 x 0.8mm 4tpi is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical workshops and tool laboratories\u003c\/strong\u003e: cutting and sharpening operations on compatible materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers with compatible machines\u003c\/strong\u003e: replacement part or original tool for the specified machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOut-of-specification materials\u003c\/strong\u003e: verify workable material and tool geometry before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3670 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTeeth per inch (TPI)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40–200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLAGUNA 18BX\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTooth type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHook\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich bandsaw is this blade compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is specific for the Laguna 18|BX bandsaw (with a blade stroke of 3670 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease check the blade stroke (closed band length) of your saw before purchasing. The length is indicated in the machine manual or welded onto the existing blade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is 4 TPI grit used for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for versatile cutting of dry and hard wood, 10-25 mm thick.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGeneral rule: low TPI (2-4) for aggressive and fast cuts; high TPI (6-14) for clean but slower finishes. The choice depends on the material thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat can be cut with a 16 mm width?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is suitable for mixed straight and curved cuts with a radius up to 100 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe width determines the minimum cutting radius: for wood with a width of 16 mm, the approximate radius is 80 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen should the blade be replaced?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA bandsaw blade should be replaced when cutting becomes slower, shows burn marks, or requires more pressure. Bandsaw blades are not sharpened; they are replaced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIndicators of wear: burning of wood during cutting, deviation of the cutting line (the blade \"runs off\"), altered noise, presence of smoke. Average service life: 40-100 hours of cutting for standard blades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow to tension correctly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the saw manufacturer's instructions: typical tension 12,000-25,000 PSI for wood blades. Incorrect tension is the main cause of premature breakage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlades that are too loose cut crookedly and break due to fatigue; blades that are too tight break due to mechanical tension. Tension should be checked cold after 5 minutes of operation: if the noise changes significantly, recheck.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Laguna","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50716199846216,"sku":"F211-016","price":35.31,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Lama_a_nastro_16_mm_4_TPI_per_LAGUNA_18BX.webp?v=1755791564"},{"product_id":"lama-per-sega-a-nastro-3670mm-27-x-09mm-2tpi","title":"Laguna Bandsaw Blade 3670mm - 27 x 0.9mm 2TPI","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Laguna Bandsaw Blade 3670mm - 27 x 0.9mm 2TPI is a cutting tool for professional use available at Krollit, an official Laguna distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade length: 3670 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade width: 27 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade thickness: 0.9 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTeeth per inch (TPI): 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting height: 40–200 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility: LAGUNA 18BX\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Bandsaw Blade 3670mm - 27 x 0.9mm 2TPI and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and tool labs use the Bandsaw Blade 3670mm - 27 x 0.9mm 2TPI for cutting, drilling, or sharpening operations on materials compatible with the tool's geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Laguna range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Laguna Bandsaw Blade 3670mm - 27 x 0.9mm 2TPI is part of Laguna's range of cutting tools, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Laguna range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the machine suitable for your use case, you can consult the Laguna catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping within 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bandsaw Blade 3670mm - 27 x 0.9mm 2TPI for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bandsaw blade 3670mm - 27 x 0.9mm 2tpi is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical workshops and tool labs\u003c\/strong\u003e: cutting and sharpening operations on compatible materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers with compatible machines\u003c\/strong\u003e: replacement or original tool for the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOut-of-spec materials\u003c\/strong\u003e: check workable material and tool geometry before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3670 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.9 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTeeth per inch (TPI)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40–200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLAGUNA 18BX\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTooth type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHook\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich bandsaw is this blade compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is specifically for the Laguna 18|BX bandsaw (with a blade stroke of 3670 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the blade stroke (closed band length) of your saw before purchasing. The length is indicated in the machine manual or welded on the existing blade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is 2 TPI grit used for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for coarse cuts on thick materials (25-100 mm), green wood, and preliminary turning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGeneral rule: low TPI (2-4) for aggressive and fast cuts; high TPI (6-14) for clean but slower finishes. The choice depends on the material thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat can be cut with a width of 27 mm?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is suitable for straight cuts and ripping with maximum stability (not suitable for tight curves).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe width determines the minimum cutting radius: for wood with a width of 27 mm, the approximate radius is 135 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen should the blade be replaced?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA bandsaw blade should be replaced when cutting becomes slower, shows burning, or requires more pressure. Bandsaw blades are not sharpened: they are replaced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWear indicators: burning of wood during cutting, deviation of the cutting line (the blade \"wanders\"), altered noise, presence of smoke. Average lifespan: 40-100 cutting hours for standard blades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow to tension it correctly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the saw manufacturer's instructions: typical tension 12,000-25,000 PSI for wood blades. Incorrect tension is the main cause of premature breakage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlades that are too loose cut crooked and break due to fatigue; too tight and they break due to mechanical tension. Tension should be checked cold after 5 minutes of work: if the noise changes significantly, recheck.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Laguna","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50716202828104,"sku":"F211-027","price":39.27,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Lama_Carbon_FORCE_HOOK_3670_mm_per_sega_a_nastro_LAGUNA_18BX.webp?v=1755791311"},{"product_id":"estensione-tavolo-laguna","title":"Accessory for Laguna 1632 Drum Sander Table Extension","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Laguna 1632 Drum Sander Table Extension is a machine tool accessory for professional use available on Krollit, official Laguna distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility: LAGUNA 1632 Drum Sander\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorktop extension: Up to 110 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport type: Foldable infeed\/outfeed tables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMechanism: Quick release on both sides\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended use: Sanding long workpieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the 1632 Drum Sander Table Extension and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own the compatible machine install the 1632 Drum Sander Table Extension as an original accessory to extend functionalities or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Laguna range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Laguna 1632 Drum Sander Table Extension is part of the Laguna machine tool accessories range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Laguna range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Laguna catalog on Krollit or contact customer service for selection support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the 1632 Drum Sander Table Extension for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1632 Drum Sander table extension is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own the compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionalities of the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup needs\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for particular processes or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: check machine model and specifications before purchasing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLAGUNA 1632 Drum Sander\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorktop extension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 110 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupport type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFoldable infeed\/outfeed tables\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanism\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuick release on both sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSanding long workpieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is this table extension for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is used with Laguna machines (table saws, routers) for the operations indicated in the model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompatibility depends on machine type and extension length. Specific for the indicated model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it a genuine Bernardo spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and exclusively supplies original accessories for the machines in its catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal accessories offer suitable integration and operational durability appropriate to the machine's standard, maintaining the manufacturer's warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat pieces does the set include?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe number and type of pieces are indicated in the product title (e.g., \"12 pieces\", \"M3-M16\", \"Ø 6-12 mm\").\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplete sets allow covering the most common processing range without purchasing individual pieces, optimizing the cost\/productivity ratio.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be assembled independently?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard accessories, assembly is independent with machine equipment; for complex accessories, technical installation is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides documentation and telephone support for technical clarifications. For accessories that modify the machine's safety settings, intervention by qualified technicians is mandatory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor in-stock products, delivery is 5-9 business days; for out-of-stock items, the procurement time is 3-6 weeks from the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo check real-time availability, consult the product page or contact Krollit at +39 0825-1494022. Shipments in Italy with BRT, GLS, Fercam, and Dachser.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Laguna","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50716242215240,"sku":"151-1632FT","price":238.61,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tavoli_pieghevoli_estensibili_per_LAGUNA_calibratrice_1632.webp?v=1755788528"},{"product_id":"nastro-abrisivo-per-calibratrice","title":"Abrasive Consumable Laguna Conveyor Belt for Sander Grit 100","description":"\u003cp\u003eLaguna Conveyor Belt for Sander Grit 100 is a professional abrasive consumable available on Krollit, official Laguna distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility: LAGUNA 1632 SuperMax\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 1110 x 412 mm (L x W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrit: 100\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Conveyor Belt for Sander Grit 100 and what for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWorkshops, carpentry shops, and body shops use the Conveyor Belt for Sander Grit 100 for sanding, finishing, and surface preparation on materials and with grits indicated in the specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Laguna range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLaguna Conveyor Belt for Sander Grit 100 is part of the Laguna abrasive consumables range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Laguna range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Laguna catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping in 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Conveyor Belt for Sander Grit 100 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe conveyor belt for sander grit 100 is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops, carpentry shops, and body shops\u003c\/strong\u003e: sanding, finishing, and surface preparation with the indicated grits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers with compatible machine (diameter\/attachment)\u003c\/strong\u003e: original spare part for the machines indicated in the description.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials outside product specification\u003c\/strong\u003e: check the grit and supported material to avoid damaging the workpiece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich grit should I choose for my work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eK36-K60 for roughing and paint\/glue removal; K80-K120 for intermediate sanding; K150-K240 for pre-painting finishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eK36 grit is too aggressive for sharpening tools (it damages the edge). For HSS sharpening, use K60-K80. For sanding soft wood, start with K80, for hard wood K100. Increase progressively: each grit approximately doubles the fineness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eNormal corundum or zirconium corundum?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNormal corundum for wood (red); zirconium corundum (blue) for metal or heavy use, it is self-sharpening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNormal corundum is the universal choice for wood and finishes. Zirconium is more aggressive, recommended for iron and light alloys, and maintains its edge due to its self-sharpening action (fragments exposing new grains).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine\/size is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the title for the belt dimensions (e.g., 75×533 mm, 100×610 mm) or disk (Ø 115, 125, 150 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbrasive belts should be chosen based on the circumference of the sander's roller. Common dimensions: 40×303 mm (handheld), 75×533 mm (benchtop), 100×610 mm (semi-industrial). Also check the direction of travel (arrows on the back).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow many pieces are in the package?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Packaging\" or \"Quantity\" in the product technical sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit supplies standard manufacturer packages (typically 5, 10, or 25 pieces). For intensive professional use, it is advisable to keep a stock of at least 2-3 packages of different grits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow should abrasive consumables be stored?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn a dry place, away from heat sources and humidity, keeping the original packaging closed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHumidity degrades the binder of abrasive paper and drastically reduces its lifespan. For belts not in use, hanging them vertically prevents permanent creases that cause slippage during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Laguna","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50716243722568,"sku":"151-1632-015","price":52.98,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Nastro_trasportatore_LAGUNA_1632_SuperMax_Grana_100.webp?v=1750931164"},{"product_id":"rotolo-abrasivo-con-supporto-76-mm-x-25-m-standard-grana-80","title":"Laguna Abrasive Consumable Cloth Abrasive Roll 76 mm x 25 m Grit 80 standard","description":"\u003cp\u003eLaguna Abrasive Cloth Roll 76 mm x 25 m Grit 80 standard is a professional abrasive consumable available from Krollit, official Laguna distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 76 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLength: 25 m\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrit: 80\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Abrasive cloth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility: JET 10-20, 16-32, 22-44, JWDS1632\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: Europe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Abrasive cloth roll 76 mm x 25 m Grit 80 standard and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWorkshops, joineries, and body shops use the Abrasive cloth roll 76 mm x 25 m Grit 80 standard for sanding, finishing, and surface preparation on the materials and grits indicated in the specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Laguna range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLaguna Abrasive cloth roll 76 mm x 25 m Grit 80 standard is part of the Laguna abrasive consumables range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Laguna range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Laguna catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance in selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Abrasive cloth roll 76 mm x 25 m Grit 80 standard for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe abrasive cloth roll 76 mm x 25 m grit 80 standard is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops, joineries, and body shops\u003c\/strong\u003e: sanding, finishing, and surface preparation in the indicated grits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers with compatible machines (diameter\/attachment)\u003c\/strong\u003e: original spare part for the machines indicated in the description.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials outside product specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e: check the grit and supported material to avoid damaging the workpiece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e76 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbrasive cloth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJET 10-20, 16-32, 22-44, JWDS1632\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEurope\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is this abrasive roll used for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is used with belt sanders for wood and calibrating machines for sanding, polishing, or finishing operations on the material indicated in the model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe choice of model depends on width, length, and K grit, and the type of application (roughing, intermediate sanding, or finishing).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich grit to choose?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eK36-K60 for aggressive roughing and paint removal, K80-K120 for intermediate sanding, K150-K240 for pre-painting finish, K320+ for mirror-like surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe most common mistake is skipping intermediate grits: going from K60 to K240 leaves deep marks that cannot be removed. Always proceed in consecutive steps (e.g., K80 → K120 → K180).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe model indicates the specific material: stainless steel, aluminum, wood, plastic. Use the correct consumable to optimize durability and processing quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor stainless steel, use grinding wheels\/abrasives with appropriate binders to prevent heating and deformation. For aluminum, prefer abrasives with reduced loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow many pieces are in the package?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe number of pieces is indicated in the model (e.g., \"4 pieces\", \"5 pieces\", \"6 pieces\"). Multiple packages allow managing replacement breaks without machine downtime.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor intensive use, it is advisable to keep at least 2-3 packages of the most used grits in stock, so as not to interrupt production when a belt\/sleeve runs out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow should abrasives be stored?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a dry place, away from humidity that can alter the binder. Keep them in their original packaging until use to preserve grit and adhesive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHumidity particularly damages self-adhesive pads and paper-based abrasive belts. Recommended temperatures: 18-25 °C, relative humidity 40-60%. Closed and ventilated warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Laguna","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50716246638920,"sku":"M402-725080","price":58.77,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Rotolo_abrasivo_in_tela_76_mm_x_m_25_Grana_150_per_levigatrici_professionali.jpg?v=1762510368"},{"product_id":"rotolo-abrasivo-in-tela-con-supporto-76-mm-x-25-m-standard-grana-100","title":"Laguna Abrasive Consumable Abrasive Cloth Roll 76 mm x 25 m Grit 100 Standard","description":"\u003cp\u003eLaguna Abrasive Cloth Roll 76 mm x 25 m Grit 100 Standard is a professional-use abrasive consumable available from Krollit, an official Laguna distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 76 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLength: 25 m\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrit: 100 G\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility: LAGUNA SuperMax 1632 \/ 1938\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBacking: Standard cloth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSurface treatment: Standard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Abrasive Cloth Roll 76 mm x 25 m Grit 100 Standard and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWorkshops, joineries and body shops use the Abrasive Cloth Roll 76 mm x 25 m Grit 100 Standard for sanding, finishing and surface preparation on materials and with the grits indicated in the specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Laguna range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLaguna Abrasive Cloth Roll 76 mm x 25 m Grit 100 Standard is part of the Laguna range of abrasive consumables, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Laguna range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the machine suitable for your use case, you can consult the Laguna catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Abrasive Cloth Roll 76 mm x 25 m Grit 100 Standard for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 76 mm x 25 m grit 100 standard abrasive cloth roll is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops, joineries and body shops\u003c\/strong\u003e: sanding, finishing and surface preparation with the indicated grits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers with compatible machines (diameter\/attachment)\u003c\/strong\u003e: original spare part for the machines indicated in the description.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials outside product specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e: check the grit and supported material to avoid damaging the workpiece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e76 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLAGUNA SuperMax 1632 \/ 1938\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBacking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard cloth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface treatment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is this abrasive roll used for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is used with belt sanders for wood and calibrating machines for sanding, polishing or finishing operations on the material indicated in the model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe choice of model depends on width, length and K grit and the type of application (roughing, intermediate sanding or finishing).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich grit to choose?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eK36-K60 for aggressive roughing and paint removal, K80-K120 for intermediate sanding, K150-K240 for pre-painting finishing, K320+ for mirror surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe most common mistake is skipping intermediate grits: going from K60 to K240 leaves deep marks that cannot be removed. Always proceed in consecutive steps (e.g., K80 → K120 → K180).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eOn which materials is it compatible?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe model indicates the specific material: stainless steel, aluminum, wood, plastic. Use the correct consumable to optimize durability and work quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor stainless steel, use grinding wheels\/abrasives with suitable binders to avoid overheating and deformation. For aluminum, prefer abrasives with reduced loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow many pieces are in the package?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe number of pieces is indicated in the model (e.g., \"4 pieces\", \"5 pieces\", \"6 pieces\"). Multiple packages allow you to manage replacement breaks without machine downtime.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor intensive use, it is advisable to keep at least 2-3 packages of the most used grits in stock, so as not to interrupt production when a belt\/sleeve runs out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow to store abrasives?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a dry place, away from humidity that can alter the binder. Keep them in the original packaging until use to preserve grit and adhesive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHumidity particularly damages self-adhesive pads and paper-based abrasive belts. Recommended temperatures: 18-25 °C, relative humidity 40-60%. Closed and ventilated warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Laguna","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50716247294280,"sku":"M402-725100","price":53.16,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Rotolo_abrasivo_in_tela_76_mm_x_m_25_Grana_150_per_levigatrici_professionali.jpg?v=1762510368"},{"product_id":"pulitore-per-nastri-abrasivi","title":"Chemical product for maintenance Laguna ABRASIVE BELT CLEANER","description":"\u003cp\u003eLaguna ABRASIVE BELT CLEANER is a maintenance chemical for professional use available from Krollit, official Laguna distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 200 x 38 x 38 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility: Abrasive belts, abrasive discs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: High-grip natural rubber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the ABRASIVE BELT CLEANER and what for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ABRASIVE BELT CLEANER is a maintenance chemical for professional use distributed by Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Laguna range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLaguna ABRASIVE BELT CLEANER is part of Laguna's range of maintenance chemicals, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Laguna range includes models of various categories and performance: to choose the machine suitable for your use case, you can consult the Laguna catalogue on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer assistance in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility check with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the ABRASIVE BELT CLEANER for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe abrasive belt cleaner is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical workshops and professional joinery shops\u003c\/strong\u003e: regular maintenance of tools, blades and mechanical components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntensive work with daily use\u003c\/strong\u003e: cleaning and protection of surfaces during production cycles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse in unventilated environments\u003c\/strong\u003e: check safety data sheet and dosage for correct use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is this product for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a professional chemical product for the maintenance, cleaning or lubrication of tools, machines and surfaces as indicated in the model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the technical data sheet for the specific field of application. The use of the appropriate product for each process extends the life of tools and improves work quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is it applied correctly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the instructions on the package: spray evenly or spread with a clean cloth, let it act for the indicated time and remove if necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorrect application avoids product waste and optimizes effectiveness. Use appropriate PPE (gloves, goggles) and follow the instructions on the safety data sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be used on all materials?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product is formulated for the category indicated in the model (wood, metal, plastic). Check compatibility with the material before application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo avoid damage to paints, finishes or sensitive materials, first perform a test on an inconspicuous area. On food contact surfaces, use only specific approved products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow should it be stored?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a dry and ventilated place, away from heat sources and open flames, in an upright position and with the cap tightly closed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe recommended temperature is 5-25 °C. Exposure to frost or prolonged sun can alter the formulation. Keep out of reach of children.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have an expiry date?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional chemical products have a shelf life of 24-36 months if stored correctly. The production date is indicated on the package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter opening, the product should be consumed within 12 months to maintain effectiveness. A separated formulation or one with non-homogeneous deposits indicates deterioration and should be replaced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Laguna","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50716255125832,"sku":"MCBP","price":17.67,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Stick_Pulitore_per_Abrasivi_in_Gomma_Naturale.webp?v=1755786752"},{"product_id":"set-di-ruote-laguna-per-calibratrice","title":"Laguna Spindle Moulder Wheel Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Laguna Sander Wheel Set is a professional machine tool accessory available from Krollit, an official Laguna distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility: LAGUNA SuperMax 1632 \/ 1938\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax load capacity: 450 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Sander Wheel Set and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own the compatible machine install the Sander Wheel Set as an original accessory to extend functionalities or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Laguna range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Laguna Sander Wheel Set is part of the Laguna range of machine tool accessories, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Laguna range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Laguna catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Sander Wheel Set for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sander wheel set is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own the compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionalities of the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup needs\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for particular processes or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: verify machine model and specifications before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the machine model indicated in the title or description. Krollit only supplies original accessories for the machines in its catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn case of doubts about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support providing the machine's serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original manufacturer accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories can compromise the warranty and safety of the machine. It is recommended to always use manufacturer-certified components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor out-of-stock accessories, lead times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Verify availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be self-assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor simple accessories, yes; for components that require adjustments or calibrations, the intervention of a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer's warranty according to legal terms. The warranty is void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty claims, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Laguna","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50716258828616,"sku":"151-1938-CS","price":112.83,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Set_Ruote_LAGUNA_per_Calibratrici_SuperMax.webp?v=1755785595"},{"product_id":"estensione-per-levigatrici","title":"Accessory for Laguna Machine Tool Table Extension for 1938 Supermax Sander","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Laguna 1938 Supermax Sander Table Extension is a professional-use machine tool accessory available from Krollit, an official Laguna distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility: LAGUNA 1938 Supermax\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal extension: Up to 110 cm (front\/rear combined)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMechanism: Quick tilt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the 1938 Supermax Sander Table Extension and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own the compatible machine install the 1938 Supermax Sander Table Extension as an original accessory to extend functionalities or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Laguna range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Laguna 1938 Supermax Sander Table Extension is part of the Laguna machine tool accessories range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Laguna range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Laguna catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the 1938 Supermax Sander Table Extension for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1938 Supermax sander table extension is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own the compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionalities of the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup needs\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for special processing or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: check machine model and specifications before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the indicated machine model in the title or description. Krollit only supplies original accessories for the machines in its catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn case of doubts about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support providing the machine's serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original accessories from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories can compromise the warranty and safety of the machine. It is recommended to always use manufacturer-certified components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor out-of-stock accessories, procurement times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Check availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be self-assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor simple accessories, yes; for components that require adjustments or calibrations, the intervention of a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer's warranty according to legal terms. The warranty is void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty claims, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Laguna","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50716259647816,"sku":"151-1938FT","price":241.65,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Estensione_Tavolo_Pieghevole_per_LAGUNA_1938.webp?v=1755785286"},{"product_id":"rotolo-abrasivo-con-supporto-76-mm-x-25-m-standard-120g","title":"Laguna Abrasive Consumable Abrasive Cloth Roll 76 mm x 25 m Grit 120","description":"\u003cp\u003eLaguna 76 mm x 25 m Grit 120 Cloth Abrasive Roll is a professional-grade abrasive consumable available at Krollit, an official Laguna distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 76 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLength: 25 meters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrit: 120 G\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSurface treatment: Standard (not anti-static)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility: LAGUNA 1632 SuperMax, LAGUNA 1938 SuperMax\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBacking: Stiff cloth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the 76 mm x 25 m Grit 120 Cloth Abrasive Roll and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWorkshops, joineries, and body shops use the 76 mm x 25 m Grit 120 Cloth Abrasive Roll for sanding, finishing, and surface preparation on materials and grits indicated in the specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Laguna range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Laguna 76 mm x 25 m Grit 120 Cloth Abrasive Roll is part of Laguna's range of abrasive consumables, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Laguna range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Laguna catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer service available in Italian for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the 76 mm x 25 m Grit 120 Cloth Abrasive Roll for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 76 mm x 25 m Grit 120 cloth abrasive roll is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops, joineries, and body shops\u003c\/strong\u003e: sanding, finishing, and surface preparation in the indicated grits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers with compatible machines (diameter\/attachment)\u003c\/strong\u003e: original spare part for the machines indicated in the description.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials outside product specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e: check the grit and supported material to avoid damaging the workpiece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e76 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 meters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface treatment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard (not anti-static)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLAGUNA 1632 SuperMax, LAGUNA 1938 SuperMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBacking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStiff cloth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is this abrasive roll used for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is used with belt sanders for wood and calibrating machines for sanding, polishing, or finishing operations on the material indicated in the model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe choice of model depends on width, length, and grit K, and the type of application (roughing, intermediate sanding, or finishing).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich grit to choose?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eK36-K60 for aggressive roughing and paint removal, K80-K120 for intermediate sanding, K150-K240 for pre-painting finish, K320+ for mirror-like surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe most common mistake is skipping intermediate grits: going from K60 to K240 leaves deep marks that cannot be removed. Always proceed in consecutive steps (e.g., K80 → K120 → K180).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe model indicates the specific material: stainless steel, aluminum, wood, plastic. Use the correct consumable to optimize durability and work quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor stainless steel, use wheels\/abrasives with a suitable binder to avoid overheating and deformation. For aluminum, prefer abrasives with reduced loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow many pieces are in the package?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe number of pieces is indicated in the model (e.g., \"4 pieces\", \"5 pieces\", \"6 pieces\"). Multiple packages allow you to manage replacement breaks without machine downtime.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor intensive use, it is advisable to keep at least 2-3 packages of the most used grits in stock, so as not to interrupt production when a belt\/sleeve runs out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow should abrasives be stored?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a dry place, away from humidity that can alter the binder. Keep them in their original packaging until use to preserve grit and adhesive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHumidity particularly damages self-adhesive sanding pads and paper-backed abrasive belts. Recommended temperatures: 18-25 °C, relative humidity 40-60%. Closed and ventilated warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Laguna","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50716260729160,"sku":"M402-725120","price":53.16,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Rotolo_abrasivo_in_tela_76_mm_x_m_25_Grana_150_per_levigatrici_professionali.jpg?v=1762510368"},{"product_id":"rotolo-abrasivo-con-supporto-76-mm-x-25-m-standard-150g","title":"Laguna Abrasive Consumable Abrasive Cloth Roll 76 mm x 25 m Grit 150 Standard","description":"\u003cp\u003eLaguna Abrasive Cloth Roll 76 mm x 25 m Grit 150 Standard is a professional abrasive consumable available from Krollit, an official Laguna distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 76 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLength: 25 meters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrit: 150 G\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSurface treatment: Standard (non-antistatic)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility: LAGUNA 1632 SuperMax, LAGUNA 1938 SuperMax\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBacking: Standard cloth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Abrasive Cloth Roll 76 mm x 25 m Grit 150 Standard and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWorkshops, carpentry shops, and body shops use the Abrasive Cloth Roll 76 mm x 25 m Grit 150 Standard for sanding, finishing, and surface preparation of materials and grits indicated in the specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Laguna range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Laguna Abrasive Cloth Roll 76 mm x 25 m Grit 150 Standard is part of the Laguna abrasive consumables range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Laguna range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Laguna catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping within 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Abrasive Cloth Roll 76 mm x 25 m Grit 150 Standard for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 76 mm x 25 m grit 150 standard abrasive cloth roll is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops, carpentry shops, and body shops\u003c\/strong\u003e: sanding, finishing, and surface preparation in the indicated grits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers with compatible machines (diameter\/attachment)\u003c\/strong\u003e: original replacement part for the machines indicated in the description.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials outside product specification\u003c\/strong\u003e: check the grit and supported material to avoid damaging the workpiece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e76 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 meters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface treatment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard (non-antistatic)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLAGUNA 1632 SuperMax, LAGUNA 1938 SuperMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBacking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard cloth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is this abrasive roll used for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is used with belt sanders for wood and calibrating machines for sanding, polishing, or finishing operations on the material indicated in the model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe choice of model depends on width, length, K grit, and the type of application (roughing, intermediate sanding, or finishing).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich grit should I choose?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eK36-K60 for aggressive roughing and paint removal, K80-K120 for intermediate sanding, K150-K240 for pre-painting finish, K320+ for mirror-like surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe most common mistake is skipping intermediate grits: going from K60 to K240 leaves deep marks that cannot be removed. Always proceed in consecutive steps (e.g., K80 → K120 → K180).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe model indicates the specific material: stainless steel, aluminum, wood, plastic. Use the correct consumable to optimize durability and processing quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor stainless steel, use grinding wheels\/abrasives with suitable binders to avoid overheating and deformation. For aluminum, prefer abrasives with reduced loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow many pieces does the package contain?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe number of pieces is indicated in the model (e.g., \"4 pieces\", \"5 pieces\", \"6 pieces\"). Multiple packages allow managing replacement breaks without machine downtime.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor intensive use, it is advisable to keep at least 2-3 packages of the most used grits in stock, so as not to interrupt production when a belt\/sleeve runs out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow should abrasives be stored?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a dry place, away from moisture that can alter the binder. Keep them in their original packaging until use to preserve grit and adhesive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMoisture particularly damages self-adhesive pads and paper-backed abrasive belts. Recommended temperatures: 18-25 °C, relative humidity 40-60%. Closed and ventilated warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Laguna","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50716262334792,"sku":"M402-725150","price":53.16,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Rotolo_abrasivo_in_tela_76_mm_x_m_25_Grana_150_per_levigatrici_professionali.jpg?v=1762510368"},{"product_id":"rotolo-abrasivo-con-supporto-76-mm-x-25-m-standard-180g","title":"Laguna Abrasive Consumable Abrasive Cloth Roll 76 mm x 25 m Grit 180 Standard","description":"\u003cp\u003eLaguna Abrasive Cloth Roll 76 mm x 25 m Grit 180 Standard is a professional abrasive consumable available from Krollit, an official Laguna distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 76 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLength: 25 meters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrit: 180 G\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSurface treatment: Standard (non-antistatic)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility: LAGUNA 1632 SuperMax, LAGUNA 1938 SuperMax\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBacking: Standard cloth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the 76 mm x 25 m Grit 180 Standard Abrasive Cloth Roll and what for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWorkshops, joineries, and body shops use the 76 mm x 25 m Grit 180 Standard Abrasive Cloth Roll for sanding, finishing, and surface preparation of materials and grits indicated in the specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Laguna range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Laguna Abrasive Cloth Roll 76 mm x 25 m Grit 180 Standard is part of the Laguna abrasive consumables range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Laguna range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Laguna catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping within 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Italian-speaking customer support available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the 76 mm x 25 m Grit 180 Standard Abrasive Cloth Roll for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 76 mm x 25 m grit 180 standard abrasive cloth roll is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops, joineries, and body shops\u003c\/strong\u003e: sanding, finishing, and surface preparation in the indicated grits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers with compatible machines (diameter\/attachment)\u003c\/strong\u003e: original spare part for the machines indicated in the description.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials outside product specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e: check the grit and supported material to avoid damaging the workpiece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e76 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 meters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface treatment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard (non-antistatic)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLAGUNA 1632 SuperMax, LAGUNA 1938 SuperMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBacking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard cloth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is this abrasive roll used for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is used with belt sanders for wood and calibrating machines for sanding, polishing, or finishing operations on the material indicated in the model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe choice of model depends on width, length, and K grit, and the type of application (roughing, intermediate sanding, or finishing).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich grit to choose?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eK36-K60 for aggressive roughing and paint removal, K80-K120 for intermediate sanding, K150-K240 for pre-painting finishing, K320+ for mirror-like surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe most common mistake is skipping intermediate grits: going from K60 to K240 leaves deep marks that cannot be removed. Always proceed in consecutive steps (e.g., K80 → K120 → K180).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe model indicates the specific material: stainless steel, aluminum, wood, plastic. Use the correct consumable to optimize durability and processing quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor stainless steel, use wheels\/abrasives with a suitable binder to avoid heating and deformation. For aluminum, prefer abrasives with reduced loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow many pieces are in the package?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe number of pieces is indicated in the model (e.g., \"4 pieces\", \"5 pieces\", \"6 pieces\"). Multiple packages allow managing replacement breaks without machine downtime.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor intensive use, it is advisable to keep at least 2-3 packages of the most used grits in stock, so as not to interrupt production when a belt\/sleeve runs out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow are abrasives stored?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a dry place, away from humidity, which can alter the binder. Keep them in their original packaging until use to preserve grit and adhesive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHumidity particularly damages self-adhesive pads and paper-backed abrasive belts. Recommended temperatures: 18-25 °C, relative humidity 40-60%. Closed and ventilated warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Laguna","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50716264202568,"sku":"M402-725180","price":53.16,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Rotolo_abrasivo_in_tela_76_mm_x_m_25_Grana_150_per_levigatrici_professionali.jpg?v=1762510368"},{"product_id":"rotolo-abrasivo-in-tela-76-mm-x-25-m-grana-100","title":"Laguna abrasive consumable anti-static cloth abrasive roll 76 mm x 25 m","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Laguna antistatic cloth abrasive roll 76 mm x 25 m is a professional-grade abrasive consumable available from Krollit, an official Laguna distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 76 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLength: 25 meters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrit: 100 G\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility: JET 10-20 \/ 16-32 \/ 22-44 \/ JWDS1632\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBacking: Reinforced cloth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSurface treatment: Antistatic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the 76 mm x 25 m antistatic cloth abrasive roll and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWorkshops, joineries, and body shops use the 76 mm x 25 m antistatic cloth abrasive roll for sanding, finishing, and surface preparation on the materials and grit sizes indicated in the specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Laguna range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Laguna 76 mm x 25 m antistatic cloth abrasive roll is part of Laguna's range of abrasive consumables, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Laguna range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Laguna catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping within 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer assistance in Italian is available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the 76 mm x 25 m antistatic cloth abrasive roll for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 76 mm x 25 m antistatic cloth abrasive roll is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops, joineries, and body shops\u003c\/strong\u003e: sanding, finishing, and surface preparation in the indicated grit sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers with compatible machines (diameter\/attachment)\u003c\/strong\u003e: original spare part for the machines indicated in the description.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials outside product specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e: check the grit and supported material to avoid damaging the workpiece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e76 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 meters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJET 10-20 \/ 16-32 \/ 22-44 \/ JWDS1632\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBacking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReinforced cloth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface treatment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAntistatic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is this abrasive roll used for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is used with wood belt sanders and calibrating sanders for sanding, polishing, or finishing operations on the material indicated in the model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe choice of model depends on width, length, K grit, and the type of application (roughing, intermediate sanding, or finishing).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich grit should I choose?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eK36-K60 for aggressive roughing and paint removal, K80-K120 for intermediate sanding, K150-K240 for pre-painting finish, K320+ for mirror-like surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe most common mistake is skipping intermediate grits: going from K60 to K240 leaves deep marks that cannot be removed. Always proceed in consecutive steps (e.g., K80 → K120 → K180).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe model indicates the specific material: stainless steel, aluminum, wood, plastic. Use the correct consumable to optimize durability and work quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor stainless steel, use wheels\/abrasives with suitable binders to prevent heating and deformation. For aluminum, prefer abrasives with reduced loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow many pieces are in the package?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe number of pieces is indicated in the model (e.g., \"4 pieces\", \"5 pieces\", \"6 pieces\"). Multiple packages allow you to manage replacement breaks without machine downtime.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor intensive use, it is advisable to keep at least 2-3 packages of the most used grits in stock, so as not to interrupt production when a belt\/sleeve runs out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow should abrasives be stored?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a dry place, away from humidity that can alter the binder. Keep them in their original packaging until use to preserve grit and adhesive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHumidity particularly damages self-adhesive pads and paper-backed abrasive belts. Recommended temperatures: 18-25 °C, relative humidity 40-60%. Closed and ventilated warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Laguna","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50716270330184,"sku":"M401-725100","price":79.19,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Rotolo_abrasivo_in_tela_76_mm_x_m_25_Grana_150_per_levigatrici_professionali.jpg?v=1762510368"},{"product_id":"ruote-per-laguna-fusion-1","title":"Accessory for Laguna Fusion 1 Machine Tool Wheels","description":"\u003cp\u003eLaguna Wheels for Fusion 1 is a machine tool accessory for professional use, available from Krollit, official Laguna distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility: LAGUNA Fusion 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of wheels: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting position: Left side\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting hardware: Included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses Wheels for Fusion 1 and what for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own the compatible machine install Wheels for Fusion 1 as an original accessory to extend functionalities or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Laguna range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLaguna Wheels for Fusion 1 is part of the Laguna machine tool accessories range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Laguna range includes models of various categories and performance: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Laguna catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is Wheels for Fusion 1 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe wheels for Fusion 1 are recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own the compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionalities of the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup needs\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for special processing or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: check machine model and specifications before purchasing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the title or description for the indicated machine model. Krollit only supplies original accessories for the machines in its catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf in doubt about compatibility, contact Krollit customer service providing the machine's serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original manufacturer accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories may compromise the machine's warranty and safety. It is recommended to always use manufacturer-certified components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor out-of-stock accessories, lead times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Check availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be assembled independently?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor simple accessories, yes; for components that require adjustments or calibrations, the intervention of a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer's warranty according to legal terms. The warranty is void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty claims, contact Krollit customer service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Laguna","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50716275278152,"sku":"151-Fusion1WS","price":68.2,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Kit_Ruote_Laterali_per_Sega_LAGUNA_Fusion_1.webp?v=1755774697"},{"product_id":"separatore-per-la-polvere","title":"Accessory for Laguna Dust Collection System Separator for Dust STO-P100","description":"\u003cp\u003eLaguna Dust Separator STO-P100 is an accessory for professional dust collection systems available from Krollit, official Laguna distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVendor: Laguna\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Dust Separator STO-P100\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOfficial Bernardo distributor since 2007\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipping from Krollit warehouse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the STO-P100 Dust Separator and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWoodworking shops and workshops with dust collection systems install the STO-P100 Dust Separator as a component for branching or connecting flexible hoses, reducing pressure losses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Laguna range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLaguna Dust Separator STO-P100 is part of Laguna's range of dust collection system accessories, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Laguna range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Laguna catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the STO-P100 Dust Separator for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe STO-P100 dust separator is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWoodworking shops with dust collection systems\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for branching and connecting flexible hoses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical workshops with centralized systems\u003c\/strong\u003e: reduction of pressure losses and improved system efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReplacement of components from other brands\u003c\/strong\u003e: check diameter and connection compatibility before purchasing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat systems is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor dust collection systems with pipe diameters corresponding to the product specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck connection diameters before purchasing. Krollit supplies standard accessories for the main diameters (Ø100, Ø120, Ø150).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it reduce pressure losses?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, correctly sized fittings and bends reduce losses and improve efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e90° bends cause greater losses than gentle bends or Y-branches. Prioritize direct routes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically galvanized sheet metal or rigid industrial plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGalvanized sheet metal components are suitable for abrasive dust (hardwood), plastic ones for light dust and standard industrial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be connected to extractors from other brands?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, if the connection diameter matches. Check compatibility in the technical data sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard diameters are universal among European brands. Non-standard connections require dedicated adapters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is needed for assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically hose clamps and silicone or gaskets to ensure a seal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor permanent metal systems, self-tapping screws and silicone sealing at the joints are used. For removable systems, use screw clamps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Laguna","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50729627648328,"sku":"STO-P100","price":134.97,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Separatore_per_la_Polvere_STO-P100_con_attacchi_100_mm.webp?v=1756398240"},{"product_id":"combo-laguna-calibratrice-1632-supermax-con-rotolo-abrasivo-25m-k80","title":"Laguna 1632 SuperMax Sander with 25M K80 Abrasive Roll","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Laguna 1632 SuperMax Sander with 25M K80 Abrasive Roll is a sander for professional use, weighing approximately 66 kg. Krollit, official Laguna distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum workpiece width (1 pass): 406 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum workpiece width (2 passes): 813 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMinimum\/maximum workable thickness: 0.8 – 76 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrum speed: 1400 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain motor: 1.5 kW – 230 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeed speed: Variable 0 – 3 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the 1632 SuperMax Sander with 25M K80 Abrasive Roll and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional carpentry workshops and furniture manufacturers use the 1632 SuperMax Sander with 25M K80 Abrasive Roll for sanding solid wood panels, MDF, and plywood, evening out the thickness before finishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Laguna range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Laguna 1632 SuperMax Sander with 25M K80 Abrasive Roll is part of the Laguna sander range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Laguna range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Laguna catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit is an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the 1632 SuperMax Sander with 25M K80 Abrasive Roll for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1632 SuperMax Sander with 25M K80 Abrasive Roll is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional carpentry workshops and furniture manufacturers\u003c\/strong\u003e: sanding solid wood, MDF, and plywood panels to even out the thickness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRestoration and custom production workshops\u003c\/strong\u003e: calibrated sanding of large surfaces before finishing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e processing metals or plastic materials (machine dedicated to wood: specific sanders are needed for other materials).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle, tools, and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrum speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1400 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVariable 0 – 3 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust port connection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions, and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum workpiece width (1 pass)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e406 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum workpiece width (2 passes)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e813 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 66 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e740 x 560 x 1220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSanding drum diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e127 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum\/maximum workable thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.8 – 76 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMain motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW – 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat sanding width does it offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Max. sanding width\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor panels wider than the nominal capacity, multi-pass sanding with precise alignment is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat minimum and maximum thickness does it process?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Min.–max. workpiece thickness\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor thin workpieces, the use of anti-vibration supports is recommended to maintain uniform pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have multiple sanding stations?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer 2-3 stations with different grits for roughing and finishing in a single pass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple stations reduce processing times and standardize finish quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically 400 V three-phase for professional models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVerify the capacity of the electrical line and the presence of a dedicated residual current device.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the machine weigh?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Weight\" in the technical table: industrial models weigh from 500 to over 1500 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachines over 800 kg require industrial flooring and handling with a forklift during installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Laguna","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50730878763336,"sku":"Combo151-1632","price":2127.81,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Combo_LAGUNA_Calibratrice_1632_SuperMax_con_Rotolo_Abrasivo_25M_K80.jpg?v=1777484105"},{"product_id":"torni-laguna-revo-1216-combo","title":"Laguna Revo 1216 Wood Lathe with 4-Piece Replaceable Tip Chisel Set","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Laguna Tornio Revo 1216 with 4 Replaceable Tip Chisels Set is a professional wood lathe, weighing 56.3 kg. Krollit, official Laguna distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 750 W (230 V)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpeed range: 50–525 \/ 325–1750 \/ 650–3500 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax working diameter: 310 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between centers: 390 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle thread: M33 × 3.5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeadstock\/tailstock taper: MK2 \/ MK2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Revo 1216 Lathe with 4 Replaceable Tip Chisels Set and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eArtisan woodturners and joineries use the Revo 1216 Lathe with 4 Replaceable Tip Chisels Set for turning chair legs, vases, bowls, and decorative objects, creating turned elements for furniture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Laguna range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Laguna Tornio Revo 1216 with 4 Replaceable Tip Chisels Set is part of the Laguna wood lathe range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Laguna range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Laguna catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product data sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the Revo 1216 Lathe with 4 Replaceable Tip Chisels Set is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Revo 1216 lathe with 4 replaceable tip chisels set is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArtisan woodturners\u003c\/strong\u003e: turning chair legs, vases, bowls, and decorative objects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJoineries and restoration workshops\u003c\/strong\u003e: creating turned elements for furniture and historical reconstruction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal turning (machine dedicated to wood: specific lathes with adequate torque and speed are needed for metals).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle, tools and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50–525 \/ 325–1750 \/ 650–3500 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e390 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM33 × 3.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 × 226 × 442 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56.3 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackaging dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e920 × 380 × 520 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight with packaging\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeadstock\/tailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMK2 \/ MK2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTool rest\/tailstock bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17 mm \/ 17 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuill adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax working diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e310 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 W (230 V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat size workpiece can the Revo 1216 Lathe with 4 Replaceable Tip Chisels Set turn?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Distance between centers\" and \"Max diameter over bed\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBenchtop lathes handle workpieces up to 700-1,000 mm between centers; professional models reach 1,500 mm and beyond. For large diameter bowls, check the free overhang.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the spindle speed adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, adjustment via belt change (stepped) or electronic variator (Vario) depending on the model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLow speeds (200-500 rpm) for large diameter workpieces or roughing, high speeds (1,500-3,000 rpm) for finishing on small workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat spindle mount does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically M33x3.5 thread or MK 2 on the spindle. Check the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard mounts allow the use of interchangeable accessories (self-centering chucks for bowls, live centers, etc.) available on the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat motor power does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Motor power\" in the technical table: typically 0.5-2 kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor intensive turning of large workpieces, at least 1.5 kW is needed. Hobby benchtop models range from 0.3 to 0.75 kW for occasional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the machine weigh?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrom approximately 30 kg (mini-lathes) to over 200 kg (professional with base).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor intensive use, a lathe weighing over 80 kg is recommended to dampen vibrations and ensure machining precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Laguna","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50730880434504,"sku":"151-1216Combo","price":1683.92,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Combo_Tornio_per_legno_Laguna_Revo_1216_compatto_e_preciso.jpg?v=1777587575"},{"product_id":"guida-parallela-laguna-driftmaster","title":"Krollit Machine Tool Accessory LAGUNA DriftMaster Parallel Guide","description":"\u003cp\u003eKrollit LAGUNA DriftMaster Parallel Guide is a machine tool accessory for professional use, weighing 12.3 kg. Krollit, official Krollit distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility: 14\" – 18\" (355–457 mm) band saws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProfile length: 578 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProfile height (vert.\/horiz.): 184 mm \/ 17 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProfile inclination: ±10°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdvance per knob turn: ~7 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum profile-blade distance: 435 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the LAGUNA DriftMaster Parallel Guide and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own the compatible machine install the LAGUNA DriftMaster Parallel Guide as an original accessory to extend functionality or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Krollit range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Krollit LAGUNA DriftMaster Parallel Guide is part of the Krollit machine tool accessories range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Krollit range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Krollit catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian is available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the LAGUNA DriftMaster Parallel Guide for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Laguna Driftmaster parallel guide is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own the compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionality of the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup needs\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for particular machining operations or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: check machine model and specifications before purchasing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14\" – 18\" (355–457 mm) band saws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e578 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile height (vert.\/horiz.)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e184 mm \/ 17 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e±10°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvance per knob turn\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~7 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum profile-blade distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e435 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.3 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSliding system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLinear gear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is this Laguna Driftmaster parallel guide used for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is used with Laguna band saws for precise parallel cuts for the operations indicated in the model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompatibility depends on the model (Driftmaster) and adjustments. Compatible with pre-equipped Laguna band saws.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it a genuine Bernardo spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and exclusively supplies original accessories for the machines in its catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal accessories offer complete integration and operational durability suited to the machine's standard, maintaining the manufacturer's warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat pieces does the set include?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe number and type of pieces are indicated in the product title (e.g., \"12 pieces\", \"M3-M16\", \"Ø 6-12 mm\").\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplete sets allow covering the most common machining ranges without purchasing individual pieces, optimizing the cost\/productivity ratio.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be assembled independently?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard accessories, assembly is independent with machine equipment; for complex accessories, technical installation is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides documentation and telephone support for technical clarifications. For accessories that modify the machine's safety settings, the intervention of qualified technicians is mandatory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor in-stock products, delivery is within 5-9 business days; for out-of-stock items, the procurement time is 3-6 weeks from the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo check real-time availability, consult the product page or contact Krollit at +39 0825-1494022. Shipments in Italy with BRT, GLS, Fercam, and Dachser.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Krollit","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51211211669832,"sku":"151-DX3","price":448.58,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Guida_parallela_LAGUNA_DriftMaster_per_seghe_a_nastro_da_14_18.jpg?v=1755871395"},{"product_id":"set-di-accessori-pro-per-aspirazione-100-mm","title":"Accessory for Laguna dust extraction system PRO accessory set for 100 mm dust extraction","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Laguna PRO 100 mm Dust Collection Accessory Kit is an accessory for professional dust collection systems available from Krollit, an official Laguna distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust collection pipes (900 mm): 8 pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e45° Y-fittings: 2 pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlast gates: 3 pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e90° bends: 2 pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e45° bends: 2 pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePipe connectors: 16 pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the PRO 100 mm Dust Collection Accessory Kit and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJoineries and workshops with dust collection systems install the PRO 100 mm Dust Collection Accessory Kit as a component for branching or connecting flexible hoses, with reduced pressure losses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Laguna range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Laguna PRO 100 mm Dust Collection Accessory Kit is part of the Laguna dust collection system accessories range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Laguna range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Laguna catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping within 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the PRO 100 mm Dust Collection Accessory Kit for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PRO 100 mm dust collection accessory kit is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJoineries with dust collection systems\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for branching and connecting flexible hoses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical workshops with centralized systems\u003c\/strong\u003e: reduced pressure losses and improved system efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReplacement of components from other brands\u003c\/strong\u003e: check diameter and connection compatibility before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust collection pipes (900 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 pieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45° Y-fittings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 pieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlast gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 pieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° bends\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 pieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45° bends\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 pieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePipe connectors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 pieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall brackets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 pieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall plugs and fixing screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 + 20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat systems is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor dust collection systems with pipe diameters corresponding to the product specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck connection diameters before purchasing. Krollit provides standard accessories for main diameters (Ø100, Ø120, Ø150).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it reduce pressure losses?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, correctly sized fittings and bends reduce losses and improve efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e90° bends cause greater losses than gentle curves or Y-branches. Prioritize direct routes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically galvanized sheet metal or rigid plastic for industrial use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGalvanized sheet metal components are suitable for abrasive dust (hardwood), while plastic ones are for light dust and standard industrial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be connected to dust collectors from other brands?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, if the connection diameter matches. Check compatibility in the technical data sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard diameters are universal among European brands. For non-standard connections, dedicated adapters are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is needed for assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically hose clamps and silicone or gaskets to ensure a seal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor permanent metal systems, self-tapping screws and silicone sealing at the joints are used. For removable systems, use screw clamps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Laguna","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51211698798920,"sku":"STPO-SET100P","price":269.61,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Set_PRO_per_aspirazione_da_100_mm_con_tubi_giunzioni_e_cursori.jpg?v=1755873013"},{"product_id":"filtro-mobile-professionale-laguna-mflux-5","title":"Laguna Extractor MFlux 5 Professional Mobile Air Filtration System","description":"\u003cp\u003eLaguna MFlux 5 professional mobile air filtration system is a professional dust extractor, with an airflow of 530 m³\/h, weighing 45.2 kg. Krollit, official Laguna distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower (230 V): 750 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAirflow: 530 m³\/h\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFilter: 2x HEPA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFiltration capacity: 99.99% (\u0026gt; 0.3 micron)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust residue: H3 (\u0026lt; 0.1 mg\/m³)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions (L x W x H): 483 x 452 x 925 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the MFlux 5 professional mobile air filtration system and what for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWoodworking and mechanical workshops use the MFlux 5 professional mobile air filtration system for extracting chips and dust from saws, planers, milling machines, and sanders, with the possibility of connection to centralized systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Laguna range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Laguna MFlux 5 professional mobile air filtration system is part of the Laguna dust extractor range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Laguna range includes models of various categories and performance: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Laguna catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipment in 5-9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipment in 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the MFlux 5 professional mobile air filtration system for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MFlux 5 professional mobile air filtration system is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWoodworking and mechanical workshops\u003c\/strong\u003e: extraction of chips and dust from saws, planers, milling machines, and sanders.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduction laboratories and machining centers\u003c\/strong\u003e: connectable to centralized systems or individual machines with a flexible hose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e extracting liquids or hazardous materials (dry dust machine: specific extractors are needed for liquids).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower (230 V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAirflow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e530 m³\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFilter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2x HEPA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFiltration capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e99.99% (\u0026gt; 0.3 micron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust residue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH3 (\u0026lt; 0.1 mg\/m³)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e483 x 452 x 925 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45.2 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemote control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat airflow does the MFlux 5 professional mobile air filtration system offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Airflow\" in the technical table: typically 1,000-5,000 m³\/h for workshop use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe airflow determines the number of machines that can be connected simultaneously. For centralized systems with multiple stations, size with a 30% margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat hose diameter does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Connection diameter\" in the table: typically Ø100, Ø120, or Ø150 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarger diameters reduce pressure losses and improve efficiency. For systems with long runs (over 10 m), prefer Ø150 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eBag\/container capacity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Container capacity\" in the technical table: typically 70-300 liters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBags should be emptied before they become saturated to maintain suction flow. Models with large bags reduce the frequency of intervention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eFine dust filtration?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer fine filtration with class M or H for respirable dust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor treated wood and MDF panels, class M or higher is recommended. Krollit supplies original replacement filters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is its power consumption?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Motor power\" in the technical table: typically 1-7 kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModels above 3 kW require 400 V three-phase. Check availability in the workshop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Laguna","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51212055314760,"sku":"151-MFlux5","price":1435.32,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Filtro_mobile_MFlux_5_con_doppio_HEPA_per_aspirazione_professionale.jpg?v=1755875615"},{"product_id":"sega-a-nastro-laguna-v10-230v","title":"Laguna V10 Wood Bandsaw 230V 750W","description":"\u003cp\u003eLaguna V10 230V 750W is a professional wood band saw with a cutting width of 202 mm, speeds of 462 and 1000 m\/min, and a weight of 42.5 kg. Krollit, official Laguna distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower supply: 230 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 750 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWork surface dimensions: 350 x 318 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade length min \/ max: 1780 \/ 1800 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade width min \/ max: 3 \/ 13 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade speed: 462 and 1000 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the V10 230V 750W and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional carpentry shops and furniture manufacturers use the V10 230V 750W for straight, curved, and resawing cuts on solid wood, plywood, and panels, with adjustable speed and an inclinable table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Laguna range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Laguna V10 230V 750W is part of the Laguna range of wood band saws, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Laguna range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Laguna catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer assistance in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the V10 230V 750W for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe V10 230V 750W is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional carpentry shops and furniture manufacturers\u003c\/strong\u003e: straight, curved, and resawing cuts on solid wood, plywood, and panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdvanced hobbyists and craft workshops\u003c\/strong\u003e: precision work on single pieces and small series, model making, and inlay.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e processing metals or hard industrial materials (machine dedicated to wood: for metals, use metal band saws with reduced speed).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProcessing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum cutting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e146 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax cutting width with parallel guide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e202 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax cutting width to the column\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e244 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle, tools and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade length min \/ max\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1780 \/ 1800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade width min \/ max\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 \/ 13 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e462 and 1000 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWork surface dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 x 318 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-5° \/ +45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (W x H x D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e570 x 876 x 560 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackaging dimensions (W x H x D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 x 455 x 900 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight with packaging\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction port diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertifications\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompliant with CE regulations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsage class\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvanced hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat cutting capacity does the V10 230V 750W offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Cutting width\" and \"Cutting height\" in the technical table: typically 225-305 mm in width and 95-170 mm in height for benchtop\/semi-pro models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutting width is the distance between the blade and the machine column. Cutting height determines the maximum workpiece thickness. For resawing large pieces (250+ mm), professional models with Ø 500+ mm flywheels are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have multiple cutting speeds?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer 2 speeds (e.g., 370\/800 m\/min) to adapt to materials: low for hardwoods, high for softwoods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLower speeds reduce the risk of burning on hard essences (oak, beech). High speeds optimize performance on pine and chipboard panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the table inclinable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, professional models have a table inclinable up to 45° for angled cuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tilt allows for bevel cuts for joints and furniture details. Check for a stop for 0° inclination for repeatability on straight cuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBenchtop and compact models are 230 V single-phase (0.3-0.75 kW motor). Professional models with 500+ mm flywheels require 400 V three-phase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops without a three-phase line, choose HBS 320, HBS 360, or HBS 400 (single-phase) models. HBS 500 N and HBS 600 N models require mandatory three-phase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have an integrated dust extraction port?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, professional models have a Ø 50-100 mm dust extraction port for connection to a chip extraction system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExtraction is essential for air quality in the workshop. Krollit supplies compatible Bernardo DC series extractors and dedicated connection hoses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Laguna","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52532613841224,"sku":"151-V10","price":644.18,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Sega_a_nastro_Laguna_V10_230V_compatta_e_professionale.webp?v=1771843710"},{"product_id":"supporto-laguna-v10-g8","title":"Accessory for Laguna V10 and G8 Machine Support","description":"\u003cp\u003eLaguna Stand for V10 and G8 is a professional machine tool accessory available on Krollit, official Laguna distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility: V10 \/ G8\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBase dimensions (L x W): 700 x 520 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting surface (L x W): 419 x 273 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMinimum height: 609 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum height: 781 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the V10 and G8 Stand and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own the compatible machine install the V10 and G8 Stand as an original accessory to extend functionalities or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Laguna range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Laguna V10 and G8 Stand is part of the Laguna range of machine tool accessories, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Laguna range includes models of various categories and performance: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Laguna catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the V10 and G8 Stand for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe V10 and G8 stand is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own the compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionalities of the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup needs\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for special processing or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: verify machine model and specifications before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eV10 \/ G8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase dimensions (L x W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 x 520 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting surface (L x W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e419 x 273 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e609 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e781 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the indicated machine model in the title or description. Krollit only supplies original accessories for the machines in its catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf in doubt about compatibility, contact Krollit customer service providing the machine's serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original accessories from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories can compromise the warranty and safety of the machine. It is recommended to always use manufacturer-certified components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor out-of-stock accessories, procurement times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Check availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be assembled independently?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor simple accessories, yes; for components requiring adjustments or calibrations, the intervention of a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer's warranty according to legal terms. The warranty is void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty claims, contact Krollit customer service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Laguna","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52625893458248,"sku":"151-V10S","price":88.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Supporto_Laguna_regolabile_per_V10_e_G8.png?v=1773149711"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/collections\/74707_lagunalogo.png?v=1756736848","url":"https:\/\/www.krollit.com\/collections\/laguna.oembed","provider":"Krollit","version":"1.0","type":"link"}